Home

Draytek Vigor2920n

1. L k j j F J I a i Sa i A h ptn F n A U Series Pa amp a es an BN ATH es ge 4 U 1 l _ E 4 r a S ai i hs a 1 j i r LT i A 1 j 1 E ei f l i WAN Security Router vigor 92AN a i pray 1 K Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide Vigor2920 Series Dual WAN Security Router User s Guide Version 2 5 Firmware Version V3 6 0 For future update contact DrayTek Date 24 08 2012 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide ii Dray Te k Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2012 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Dray Tek Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set
2. Apoly SSID O ssip i O ssn O ssin3s O ssip4 Attribute s Isolate the station from LAN Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Mac Address Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN Filter identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively All the clients Dray Tek 299 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item MAC Address Filter Client s MAC Address Apply SSID Attribute Add Delete Edit Cancel OK Clear All Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client After entering the client s MAC address check the box of the SSIDs desired to insert this MAC address into their access control list s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add a new MAC address into the list Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit the selected MAC address in the list Give up the access control set up Click it to save the access control list Clean all entries in the MAC address list 300 Dray Tek 4 13 5 WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between
3. D D 0 0 Physical Connection for IPv6 Protocol Online Status Physical Connection IPw4 IPvb System Uptime 4 3 42 LAN Status IP Address FESO 250 7FFF2PEEA feLe edt Link TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 2 O 156 O WAN IPv Status Enable Mode Offline Up Time Gateway IP Detailed explanation for IPv4 is shown below Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Dray Tek i Item LAN Status WAN 1 Status WAN 3 Status Description Primary DNS Displays the IP address of the primary DNS Secondary DNS Displays the IP address of the secondary DNS IP Address Displays the IP address of the LAN interface TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN interface Line Displays the physical connection of this interface Name Displays the name set in WAN1 WAN web page Mode Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface IP Displays the IP address of the WAN interface GW IP Displays the IP address of the default gateway TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface TX Rate Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface RX Rate Displays the speed of received oct
4. 1 URL Access Control LJEnable URL Access Control Prevent web access from IP address Action Web Feature Group Object Selections OO E JEnable Restrict Web Feature Action Ll Proxy upload File Extension Profile Available settings are explained as follows Item Profile Name Priority Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Type a name for the CSM profile It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature be
5. Create an account Please enter personal profile Dray Tek Gasreement Personal Information Sdcomptetion How did you find out about this website Internet w What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir vv would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Global Server v verification mail 91 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 5 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EFAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E rreferences AR 6 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek corn Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation link below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 7 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm The Confirm message of New Owner Mary maybe timeout Please try again or contact to draytek com Vigor2920 Series User
6. When you finished the configuration click OK to save it Note Only DrayTek products can be detected by this function Dray Te k 353 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide This page 1s left blank Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 354 Dray Te k Trouble Shooting situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by Stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 5 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright ACT WCF DoS USB WAN1 VPN Factory Reset CSM WAN2 QoS 3 Ifnot it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again Dray Te k 355 Vi
7. Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for performing system reboot All the schedules can be set previously in Applications gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click Reboot Now To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now The router will take several seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click Reboot Now to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 336 Dray Te k 4 15 12 Firmware Upgrade You have to visit DrayTek website periodically to check if there is any new released firmware offered for your Vigor router to have newest features If yes download the file into your computer first Next access into web interface of this router and open System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade In the following web page click Browse to locate file downloaded from DrayTek web site Then click the Upgrade button to perform the firmware upgrade operation Syst
8. Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type Domain Name Domain Name draytek com Subject Name Country C TW State ST Location L Orginization 0 Draytek Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E press draytek com Key Type RSA Key Size 1024 Bit 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW O Draytek emailAddress Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MIIBQjCCARNC AGAWOTELNARKGALUEBHNCYFcxEDAOCBGNVBAOTBORYYX1LOZUsxIDie BokqhkiG9SwOBCQEVEXByZXNzOGRYyYYZLOZWsuY2 StNIGENADGCS AGS IbSDOEBAQUA A4GNADCBiQKBg DPioahu gF OAYB1iceSOERSD VknIdHblolktScTdaLUDaFk6s8d 3uwDeQytoViLBJz2IDFOx4jxX6ipTevl87 twwTsg41qZ60k rGhuVTKda3j6PlernkP dus4t23cUBaAMD4uscsVmS yD ISHLAJAxVYPUpNKVIroT2RZjKRMAaHEWpYpwIDAQAB oCkwJwYJ Koz ThycNaGkOMNRowGDAUBGNVHREEDzaNggtkemF 5adGVrLmNvbTanbokq hkiGSwOBAQUF AACBgGQAuSBRUGtC4ULHHON6 HwToemitHObew Xkvg t7 kFlzTJiHh uRLq4CiEi 6nV4hMRytcxZpEZ6sMarSqgRRErs6Ro0s8Ix0145560xCZ N1Gh9VOsI1 I9SFqkiIJNihip4TcjecSNNZ jmOo5SWU Bces8TG ScBCyejqu fo AIOFajBIGviw 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follo
9. DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Add Type the MAC address in the boxes and click this button to add Delete Click it to delete the selected MAC address Edit Click it to edit the selected MAC address 130 Dray Tek Cancel Click it to cancel the job of adding deleting and editing After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route The router offers IPv4 and IPv6 for you to configure the static route Both protocols bring different web pages LAN gt Static Route Setup IPw4 IPwo Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status i TTF 7 G TT 7 2 TTT T TTT Ae TTT T a PET T 4 TTT T a TTT T as TTF 7 10 TT 7 Status v Active x Inactive Empty Each item is explained as follows Item Description Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page to set up static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh
10. Diagnostics Dray Te k 339 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 16 1 Dial out Triggering Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Triggering to open the web page The internet connection e g PPPoE is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Triggering Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 OO 00 OO OO OO OO OO OO 00 00 OO OO OO 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Decoded Format 0 0 0 0 gt 0 0 0 0 Fr O len O 03 Each item is explained as follows Item Description Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 340 Dray Te k 4 16 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table IPv6 Routing Table Refresh C connected 5 static KR RIP default private 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 wia 172 16 1 1 WAN 197 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 directly connected LANI 172 16 0 0 255 255 0 0 directly connected WANT Diagnostics gt gt View Ro
11. Flease select a LAM to LAN Dial out profile No lt Name gt lt Connection Type gt lt VPH Server 1 To 4 PlacelIPsec 1924 1608 2 2 To B Site IPSec 192 166 2 2 260 Dray Tek Dray Tek Take a look for LAN to LAN profiles Index 1 is chosen as Member1 index 2 is chosen as Member2 For such reason LAN to LAN profiles of 1 and 2 will be expressed in red to indicate that they are fixed If you delete the VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile the selected LAN to LAN profiles will be released and expressed in black VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Index Name Status 1 To amp Place 2 To B Site 3 To place i 4 To D Site y How can you set a GRE over IPSec profile l 2 Please go to LAN to LAN to set a profile with IPSec If the router will be used as the VPN Server 1 e with virtual address 192 168 50 200 Please type 192 168 50 200 in the field of My GRE IP Type IP address 192 168 50 100 of the client in the field of Peer GRE IP See the following graphic for an example Callback Budget fo minutecs 4 GRE over IPSec Settings Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec l Logical Traffic My GRE IP 192 160 50 200 Peer GRE IP 192 160 50 100 5 PCPAIP Network Settings My WAN IP foo RIP Direction TURY Both Remote Gateway IP Oooo Pe first subnet to remote network you have ta Remote Network IP 192 168 10 0 Route Remote Network Mas
12. GigaLAne ViA N WAMI Giga U6 Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration GigaLAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices WANI WAN2 Giga Connecters for remote networked devices USB Connecter for 3G Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dray Tek 3 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 1 2 2 For Vigor2920n Dray Tek wi LAN ON OFFIWPS ACT WLAN DoS USB WANT VPN Factory Reset CSM WAN2 QoS ACT Activity USB CSM WLAN WANI 2 DoS VPN Qos LED on Connector Left LED WANI Green Right LED Green Left LED WAN2 Giga Green Right LED Green Left LED GigaLAN Green 1 2 3 4 Right LED Green Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Status Blinking Q Vigor2920n Dual WAN Security Router Coo GigaL AN 1 2 3 4 WANI WAN2 Giga ff Blinking 5 Blinking 5 Blinking 5 Blinking 5 B D ff Blinking Off 5 ff Blinking 5 Off Off Blinking i n Off Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitt
13. Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 66 Dr ay Te k 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Disable w Remote Gateway IP 0000 From first subnet to remote network you have to Rem ay I 0 0 do Remote Network IP 192 168 2 0 Remote Ne twork Mask 255 255 255 0 Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Settings in Router B in the remote office Go to VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol Dial In PPP Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users PAP or CHAP When DHCP Disable set PAP or CHA Assigned IP range 192 168 2 200 Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No OK For using PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKEIPSec General Setup
14. When all of selected WAN disconnect When any of selected WAN disconnect When such WAN e g WAN2 in this example disconnects due to some reason the system will use other WAN for connection instead and send SMS to notify the user destination number 123456789 However if there is no available WAN for connection the system will send SMS to inform the user after reconnecting WAN2 successfully Dray Tek 49 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 3 3 How can I get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router Plug the USB device to the USB port on the router Make sure Disk Connected appears on the Connection Status as the figure shown below USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk Write Protect Status tt Disk Capacity 2009 MB USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it Open USB Application gt gt USB General Settings to check the general settings Click OK USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 Default Charset Maximum 63 Default Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood Enable Disable Access Mode LAN Only CLAN And WAN NetBios Name Service Workgroup
15. 154 Dray Tek After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Default Rule Page Such page allows you to choose filtering profiles including QoS Load Balance policy WCF APP Enforcement URL Content Filter for data transmission via Vigor router Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Default Rule Actions for default rule Application Filter Sessions Control Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Action Profile syslog Pass C 25 50000 None Auto Select Mone None None m N None lt Edit z Available settings are explained as follows Item Filter Sessions Control Quality of Service Dray Tek Description Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter rules Filter The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting 1s 60000 Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later 55 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Load Balance Policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Choose the WAN interface for
16. 4 13 3 Security This page allows you to set security with different modes for SSID 1 2 3 and 4 respectively After configuring the correct settings please click OK to save and invoke it The default security mode is Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Default Pre Shared Key PSK is provided and stated on the label pasted on the bottom of the router For the wireless client who wants to access into Internet through such router please input the default PSK value for connection By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings Dray Tek SSID 1 SSID 2 SSID 3 SSID 4 Mode Disable Set up RADIUS Server if 802 1 is enabled WPA Encryption Mode TKIP for WPA AES for WPA2 Pre Shared Key PSkK Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOlaz or Ox655abed WEP Encryption Mode b4 Bit Key 1 Kev 2 Kew o key 4 For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example 48312 or Ox4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example O123456789abpc or Ox30351352335343556373839414243 297 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Mode WPA Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description There are several
17. ALL Note When there is no user profile or group profile existed Create New User or Create New Group item will appear for you to click to create a new one Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to select please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of 162 Dray Tek Dray Tek Item URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Description APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings create
18. Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allow you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Check this box to have the bandwidth limit determined by the system automatically TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation 207 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide you set for each index Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 208 Dray Tek 4 8 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their
19. CPE Client Enable Disable URL Port Username Password Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time STUN Settings Disable Enable Server IP Server Port Minimum Keep Alive Period Maximum Keep Alive Period 900 second s second s 7 second s Available parameters are explained as follows Item ACS Server On ACS Server CPE Client Periodic Inform Settings STUN Settings Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server URL Username Password Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user s manual for detailed information Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Allow Deny the CPE Client to connect with Auto Configuration Server Port Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might change port number for CPE The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification The default is Disable If you click Enable please type the relational settings listed below Server IP Type the IP address of the STUN server 324 Dray Tek Item Description Server Port Type the port number of
20. Check this box to enable the current account If you did check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 WANI WAN2 WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 as the first channel for such account If WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WANS Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 as the only channel 218 Dray Tek Item Description for such account WANT First v WAN First Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account Service Type Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Domain Name Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain Wildcard and Backup The Wildcard and Backup MX Mail Exchange features MX are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Mail Extender If the mail server is defined with another name please type the name in this area Such mail server will be used as backup mail exchange Force WAN IP Update When the IP address of the WAN interface in Vigor router is private IP the system
21. Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace Host IP Address Run Result Clear Dray Te k 349 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Each item is explained as follows Item Description IPv4 IPv6 Choose the protocol for such function Trace through Use the drop down list to choose the interface that you want to ping through Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the protocol that you want to ping through Host IP Address It indicates the IPv4 address of the host if IPv4 protocol is selected Trace Host IP Address It indicates the IPv6 address of the host if IPv6 protocol is selected Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 350 Dray Te k 4 16 11 Syslog Explorer Such page provides real time syslog and displays the information on the screen For Web Syslog This page displays the time and message for User Firewall call WAN VPN settings You can check Enable Web Syslog specify the type of Syslog and choose the display mode you want Later the event of Syslog with specified type will be shown for your reference USB Application gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog L Enable Web Syslog Time USB Syslog Export Refresh Clear Syslog Type Display Mode Stop record when fulls Message Available parameters are explained as follows Item Enable Web Syslog Syslog Type Display Mod
22. For the router supports multi WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 for Internet Access Due to different Physical Mode for WAN interfaces the Access Mode for these connections also varies Refer to the following figures WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WAT 1 Ethernet Static or Dynamic IF va Details Page None WANZ Ethernet PPPoE WANS USB Static or Dynamic IF PPTP L2TF WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI Ethernet static or Dynamic IP Details Page WANS USB IPv6 Note Only one WAN can support IPv6 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 102 Dray Te k Each item is explained as follows Item Description Index Display the WAN interface Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 that entered in general setup Physical Mode It shows the physical connection for WAN1 Ethernet WAN2 Ethernet WAN3 3G USB Modem according to the real network connection Access Mode Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode The details page of that mode will be popped up If not click Details Page for accessing the page to configure the settings Details Page This button will open different web page according to the access mode that you choose in WAN interface Details Page for PPPoE in WAN1 WAN2 To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet
23. Key C connected S static R RIP default private 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 via 172 16 3 1 Want C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN C 172416 3 07 255 255 255 0 is directly connected WANI Add Static Routes with IPv4 to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Dray Te k 131 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Internet Set Router Static Route 192 168 gt Router 192 168 1 2 Gateway 192 168 1 Priv 192 1 Goto LAN page and click General Setup select Ist Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on 1st Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the 1st subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is t
24. gt ey ee Oe Ce Click any index number line to access into the web page for detailed configuration Application gt gt Short Message Service Profile Index 1 Enable SMS Setup Profile Name Service Provider Usermame Password Destination Number Quota Sending Interval O Enable Disable p seconds Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable SMS Setup Profile Name Service Provider Username Dray Tek Description Click Enable to enable SMS function Click Disable to close SMS function Type a name for such SMS profile Use the drop down list to specify the service provider which offers SMS service Type a user name that the sender can use to register to selected SMS provider 227 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Password Type a password that the sender can use to register to selected SMS provider Destination Number Type the telephone number that you want it to receive the SMS Quota Type the total number of the messages that the router will send out Sending Interval Type the shortest time interval for the system to send SMS For example it is set with 60 seconds If WAN1 disconnects for three times within 60 seconds the system will send the SMS notification just for once Send a test Message Send one SMS to the user just for test After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 10 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Networ
25. ott D F F Call Waiting Deact r i J J5 H Block Anonymous Act Block Anonymous Deact Block Unknow Domain Block Unknow Domain Act Deact ra CI F H Fa F Block IP Calls Act it CI J5 H Block IP Calls Deact ig TE H J TE Block Last Calls Act i m H Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Regional Check this box to enable this function Last Call Return Miss Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know where the last phone call comes from and call back to that one Last Call Return In You have finished an incoming phone call however you want to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Last Call Return Out Dial the number typed in this field to call the previous outgoing phone call again Dr ay Tek Zh Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description Call Forward All Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Call Forward Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Call Forward Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming Busy Act calls to the specified place while the phone is busy Call Forward No Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming Ans Act calls to t
26. 911 or special phone cannot be dialed out by using VoIP and can be called out through PSTN line only To solve this problem this page allows you to set five sets of PSTN number for dialing without passing through Internet Please type the number in the field of phone number for PSTN relay VoIP gt gt PSTN Setup Default phone number for PSTN relay Enable phone number for PSTN relay E Po Po Po Ooo Then check the Enable box to make the PSTN number available for dial whenever you need 4 12 2 SIP Accounts In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity Note Selection items for Ring Port will differ according to the router you have Dray Tek 279 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile DomainfRealm Proxy Account Name Codec Ring Port Status 1 G 7294 B Phonei O Phonez Z 2 G 7294 B Phonei O Phonez J 3 G 7294 B Phonel Phonez 4 G 7294 B Phonei C Phonee z
27. Backup WaN 1 M WAN 2O WAN 3 Backup Type When any WAN disconnect Only for Backup Multiple WAND O when all WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings Detailed Settings for WANS Interface via USB To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem please configure WANS interface Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 100 Dray Tek Dray Tek WAN gt General Setup WAN 3 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speed Kbps DownLink Uplink Yes li ui OJ e be Send 5M5 if line drops out Send Mail Alert if line drops out CJ Active Mode Backup Type Only if acting as backup for multiple WAN Iwan 1 CI WAN 2 WAN 3 When any of selected WAN disconnect When all of selected WAN disconnect Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speed Send SMS if line drops out Send Mail Alert if line drops out Active Mode and Backup Type Description Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical
28. IMPORT REFRESH Modify View lew Delete lew Delete To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Cerificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file ee Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information Certificate Information Windows Internet Explorer hittpv192 166 1 LidocCalryil him J Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 Valid From Valid To Close Dray Tek n Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 11 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption password for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Confirm password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certificate Management gt gt Certificate
29. It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Configure via Client Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish PinCode to connect and click Start PIN button The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Dray Te k 303 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 13 6 WDS WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface LAN3 LAN1 i LAN2 The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below WDS Link WDS Link Host with Host with _ Host with bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 x a y Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 304 Dr ay Tek The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repea
30. LAN to L AN Profile Microsoft Internet Explorer Seles Profile Index 1 Pemote Network Network IP Netmask 255 255 255 255 32 W RIP Direction The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable From first subnet to remote network you have to do If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose NAT otherwise choose Route Change default route to this VPN tunnel Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel Note that this setting is available only for one WAN interface is enabled It is not available when both WAN interfaces are enabled 2 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Tek 257 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 10 9 VPN TRUNK Management VPN Backup Management is a backup mechanism to set multiple VPN tunnels for using as backup tunnel It can assure the network connection would not be cut off due to network environment blocked by any reason Features of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Mechanism gt gt VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism can judge abnormal situation for the environment of VPN server and correct it to complete the backup of VPN Tunnel in real time VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism is compliant with all WAN modes single multi Dial out con
31. Message Display the information for each event Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 320 Dray Te k 4 15 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance 4 15 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation Vigor2920 Series Dray Tek Dual WAN Security Router CE 7A Firewall 4 User Management Model Name Vigor2920Vn Objects Setting Firmware Version 3 6 0 CSM Build Date Time Jun 8 2012 14 46 56 Bandwidth Management Applications LAN I VPN and Remote Access MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS Certificate Management LAN1 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 VolP LAN2 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 Wireless LAN LAN3 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 USB Application LAN4 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 4 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 System Status System Maintenance IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version
32. Ss Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Addto Access Control Client s MAC address f x Add Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 312 Dray Tek 4 13 11 Web Portal This page allows you to specify an URL for accessing into or display a message when a wireless user connects to Internet through this router No matter what purpose of the wireless client is he she will be forced into the URL configured here while trying to access into the Internet or the desired web page through this router That is a company which wants to have an advertisement for its products to the users can specify the URL in this page to reach its goal Wireless LAN gt gt Web Portal Web Portal SSID 1 SSID 3 SSID 4 Specify an URL or short message that you want to show after user connected to your wireless Disable Redirect to URL htto Aaa draytek cam User s first HTTP request will be redirected to the URL above Ex Atte www draytek com online Atm or httos www YourBank com Show the message The message above will be shown in wireless user s browser for 5
33. Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 84 Dray Tek 2 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file e Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO CHE MAC ROBE IAM HAW a Qr O HAG Aue kam Que O ea FED htip 172 16 2 179 certsrvicertcare asp vi E82 e msi vy PBS SMART AR HARARE G19 Hotmail QB Mesenger A HAI MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer to trust certificates issued from this certification authority tis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choose file to download CA Certificate Previous vigor ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list 3 Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 I
34. VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain Enable Route C Phonet J Phone Indext 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note If the domain of the incoming call is different from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 276 Dray Tek VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address Enable Route C Phonei LJ Phone Indext1 15 in Schedule Setup Note The incoming calls by means of IP dialing 6 g 192 168 1 145 should be blocked Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change the number based on the region that the router is placed VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Enable Regional Setto Factory Default y io Last Call Return Miss hJ Last Call Return In Last Call Return Gut Call Forward All Act 2 number Call Forward Deact Lu F co m m F H meee H Call Forward Busy Act number Call Forward No Ans Act numbert Do Not Disturb Act Do Not Disturb Deact ao bh ae oo Hide caller ID Act Hide caller ID Deact Call Waiting Act
35. address after typing Access Point Function Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function Status It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function Dray Te k 307 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 13 7 Advanced Setting This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode channel bandwidth guard interval and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission Wireless LAN gt gt Advanced Setting HT Physical Mode Operation Mode Mixed Mode Green Field Channel Bandwidth 20 20 40 Guard Interval long auto Aggregation MSDU A MSDU Disable Enable OK Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Operation Mode Mixed Mode the router can transmit data with the ways supported in both 802 1 1a b g and 802 1 1n standards However the entire wireless transmission will be slowed down if 802 11 g or 802 11b wireless client is connected Green Field to get the highest throughput please choose such mode Such mode can make the data transmission happening between 11n systems only In addition it does not have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with neighboring devices of 802 1 1a b g Channel Bandwidth 20 the router will use 20Mhz for data transmission and receiving between the AP and the stations 20 40 the router will use 20Mhz or 40Mhz
36. an error message will appear to warn you USB User Management Index Username e Tie I ee I tee I oe USB Application gt gt USB User Management Setto Factory Default Home Folder Index Username Home Folder e i PIPE amp S Each item is explained as follows Dray Tek Item Index Username Home Folder Description Display the number link of the profile Display the name that FTP Samba users will use for accessing into FTP Samba server Display the home folder of this entry 315 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Set to Factory Default Click it to clear all profiles settings Click any index number to access into the configuration page USB Application gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User O Enable Disable Username Password O Maximum 11 Characters Confirm Password fs Home Folder Po j Access Rule File JPead write Delete Directory Cist create Remove Note The folder name can only contain the following characters 4 2 a z 0 9 _ 1g and space Available settings are explained as follows Item Description FTP Samba User Enable Click this button to activate this profile account for FTP service or Samba User service Later the user can use the username specified in this page to login into FTP server Disable Click this button to disable such profile Username Type the username for FTP Samba users for accessing into F
37. default charset for FTP server and enable Samba service At present the Vigor router can support USB storage disk with formats of FAT16 and FAT32 only Therefore before connecting the USB storage disk into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB storage disk is FAT 16 or FAT32 It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long filename USB Application gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 6 Maximum 6 Default Charset Default Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood Enable Disable Access Mode LAN Only LAN And WAN NetBios Name Service Note 1 If Charset is set to default only English long file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client have multi connection mechanism such as FileZilla you may limit client connections setting to 1 to get better performance 3 A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the host name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the following lt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections This field is used to specify the quantity of the FTP sessions The router allows up to 6 FTP session
38. for VID setting Then check P4 and set LAN2 as the Subnet 4 To activate the function of VLAN Tag for VLAN2 setting check the box of Enable and type the value 9 for VID setting Then check P4 and set LAN3 as the Subnet Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 56 Dr ay Te k 5 To activate the function of VLAN Tag for VLAN3 setting check the box of Enable and type the value 10 for VID setting Then check P4 and set LAN4 as the Subnet LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable LAN Wireless LAN VLAN Tag P1 P2 P3 P4 SSID1 SSID SSID3 SSID4 Subnet Enable VID Priority vano O O O vani O OG Oo og F a A via O O O A oF AA Bo vas O O O Oo oF 0 O0 uM OOOO Oo oF 0 O0 o b vas OO OOO OF 0 0 O LANI o b vas OOOO OF OF O0 O ILANi o b vwar OOOO OF 0 0 O Ni o b 1 Tag based YLAN only applied for LAN Ports 2 The checked Wireless LAN SSID will not has VLAN taqaing function but regarded as joining VLAN 6 Inthe page of LAN gt gt General Setup check the Status box of LAN2 LAN3 and LAN4 and enable the function of DHCP LAN gt General Setup General Setup Index Status DHCP IP Address LAN 1 y y 192 168 1 1 LAN 2 192 168 2 1 LAN 3 192 168 3 1 LAN 4 192 168 4 1 IP Routed Subnet o 192 168 0 1 Inter LAN Routing For the detailed settings of the network segment open LAN gt gt General Setup and click Details Page Adjust the settings for your request Refer to the following
39. g kk 742 6 ante ee neers ee eee ee ee ee eee 17 2 3 1 For VAIN PIN 2 ste ptccnetaccicnn ptecemataeaienesinbaseoaeedadonnd Iasigoacmndaeonnt Wewonewaaeomeweteeeee 18 2L FOT NAN a E E E E 26 24 Sevice Activation WWIZANGiaistoncsadienacesstdcsesandenaceaitecancetes a Ea aaa aaa 27 2D ONIME a E e een E keen ee ee ee een a ee 31 26 Physical Connection sriisniieriiis i a TE 31 PRR N TN AN e E 33 2 6 Saving CONFIQUIATION ccccccccccaseeseeceeeeeeeeeeeseeceeeeeesaaeaseseeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeesssseaseeeeeeeesssaasgeeseeeees 33 2 Registering Vigor FOUIG Iasncsrsastinssacannapsncntancaemocadennduagttcaduinnousnesean tananaasnnnrananinemsatatasnanciaie 34 Tutorials and Applications ccccccceesceeseseeeeeeseeeseeeseeenseeeseeeaeeonsenesesaeeons 37 3 1 How to configure settings for IPV6 Service cccceeceeeecceeccseeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeaaas 37 3 2 How to Send out SMS via Vigor ROUTE ccccccccseeesecceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeesseeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 47 3 3 How can get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router 00 50 3 4 How to configure Multi Subnet for Vigor Router cccecccsseeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesesaeaeeeeeeeeseaas 53 3 5 How to Customize Your LOGIN Page ccccccccccceccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeessaeaaeeeeeeeseaas 60 3 6 How to use SmartMonitor with Vigor2920 series ccccccseeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeens 62 3
40. please select PPPoE from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Client Mode PPP MP Setup O Enable Disable PPP Authentication Idle Timeout second s ISP Access Setup IP Address Assignment Method Username Epp FWANIP Alias Password o Fid Yes No Dynamic 1P Indes 1 15 in Schedule Setup Fredi Address O Default MAC Address WAN Connection Detection Specify a MAC Address Mode MAC Address Ping IP o i oo eo ze Hoo foo for TTL MTU 1442 Max 14925 PPPoE Pass through C For Wired LAN C For Wireless LAN Available settings are explained as follows Item Description PPPoE Client Mode Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable Dray Tek 103 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item ISP Access Setup WAN Connection Detection MTU PPPoE Pass through PPP MP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All
41. s Guide 20 Dray Tek 2 3 1 2 PPTP L2TP Click PPTP L2TP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol 1 Choose WANI WAN2 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP DHCP 2 Click PPTP L2TP as the Internet Access Type Then click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard PPTP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuration and PPTP server IP provided by Your ISP Wser Name Password Confirm Password WARK IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 3 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway 172 156 1 1 Primary DNS Second ONS I PPTP Serwer Dray Tek 21 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password WAN IP Obtain an IP address automatically the router will get an Configuration IP address automatically from DHCP server Specify an IP address you have to type relational settings manually IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type t
42. 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 FCC 2 3 2 0 WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Connected 00 50 7F E2 B5 95 Static IP 172 16 3 132 472 16 1 1 Disconnected 00 50 7F E2 B5 96 aoe sas ange Disconnected 00 50 7F E2 B5 97 USB gt gt IPv6 Diagnostics Address Scope Internet Access Mode External Devices LAN FE80 250 7FFF FEE2 B594 64 T Each item is explained as follows Item Description Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build Dray Tek 321 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS Wireless LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Frequency Domain It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various Firmware Version It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPC1 SSID Display th
43. 18 3 HR Department 19 4 20 J 21 4 6 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1 17 2 18 El 13 4 20 J 21 6 22 LE 23 8 24 ale 25 10 26 11 f 12 28 13 2J 14 30 15 31 16 32 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this IP group profile Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Dray Tek 179 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Name Administration Interface Available IP Objects Selected IP Objects 1 RD Department 2 Financial Dept 3 HF Department Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 180 Dray Tek 4 6 3 IPv6 Object You can set up to 64 sets of IPv6 Objects wi
44. 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Dray Tek 83 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 3 11 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CA ServerA CA Server B net 27 User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigo Router via Web GUI User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list E Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO iE WRO AREA IA KAH ay Q 2 pOr ka Qee 2 aa 3 HED http 72 16 2 179 certsrv v Brz e msn v Pres 7 ABBE ADES MO ERARRRE 319 co Hotmail QB Messenger Q I MSN Microsoft Certificate Ser vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task eesecossecesossecosoesscossososoescosesesesossesososscocsossssossososococesssescosssesesossesesosossossesssoesosesecscosesescsosssocsossssossosesossessssessosssesesossesssosssesssesssa O Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate
45. 4 4 Firewall 4 4 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Dat
46. 45 67 89 Po IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signaturet 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Enable this profile Check here to activate this profile VPN Dial Out Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface Through for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 250 Dray Te k Dray Tek Item Netbios Naming Packet Multicast via VPN Call Direction Always On or Idle Timeout Enable PING to keep alive Description VAN First WANI WAN2 WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WANS3 Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 as the only channel for VPN connection WANI WAN2 WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WANS Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 as the only channel for VPN connection Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel
47. 7 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 00 63 3 8 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 71 39 QOS Se ING EAI DIS seese E EE E E 75 3 10 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Serve 0 ccccsseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 80 Dray Te k v Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 3 11 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Serve 0cccceeseeeeeeeeees 84 3 12 Creating an Account for MYVIQOF ccccccceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeesseaeeeesessaeeeeeeees 86 3 12 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router aisiucneccscaiwededcosrwecdedaseseiecetioadaddanaesSbdadaeseiaceiweced dees 86 3 12 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Site cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 90 Advanced Web Configuration c cccsssecsssseeessescessesenseeseeneeseenseseees 95 AT NAN e R E des shat edeueteeexeedecusaue tee 95 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N tWOrk cccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeaseeeesseeeeeeas 95 412 General SetU 6 eee een ete een ee eee eee ee eee ee 97 4 1 3 Internet ACCESS ccccccccsccccesseecceeseeecsauececseuseeessaececsauseeeseaeeessageeeesauseeessageeesseneeesssages 102 4 1 4 Load Balance Policy ccccccccccssssseeecceeeseececceeueeeeeceeueeecessauseeeesssaeeeessaaseseesssaeseeees 117 ATS WV heh 4 Me eee eee nee e
48. Address Display current interface IPv6 address Table Static IPv6 Gateway IPv6 Gateway Address Type your IPv6 gateway address Configuration here 4 1 4 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WAN interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when more than one WAN interface is activated WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Dest Dest Index Enable Protocol WAN Pa plc pond E g Port Port Ea ae Start End 2 OF any iy WANT y UP Down 3 DO any _ UP Down 4 OF my UP Down 5 O w E UP Down 6 oO any _ UP Down z O m UP Down 8 O any WANT y UP Down 9 OF m _ UP Down w O my UP Down lt lt 1 40 11 20 21 30 31 32 gt gt Next gt gt Each item is explained as follows Item Description Index Click the number of index to access into the load balance policy configuration web page Enable Check this box to enable this policy Dray Tek i17 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Protocol WAN Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Move UP Move Down Use the drop down menu to change the protocol
49. Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request After clicking Generate the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X209 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local f C TW O Draytek OQU RD emailla Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request HITBsj CCaARsc AVawUDELNMARGALIUEBHNCYVFcREDAORGNVE AOTBORYYELOSZUsSxCe ad BqNVEASTALJIEMS IwilaYJ Kose lhvcNaQkbFaW sc kdJ2aWW locRyYx1lOeWsuYe2 SteMIct MAOGCS GS Ibs DOEBAGCUAASAGNADCBIiOGEBGODPiocahu gFOaYBlceSOERSDfoknIdH blolkt3cTALUPaFkb6s68d3 woe gytovViLBd 22 IDFOx xb6ip rev leituntTsq41lgZz6ak frGhuVTEdS46PlernkPTdu 4c2 sc uBbaNDp4sayscevms yD4ShLAJjdxVYPWUpHEVIrotT2 Re JERMAaHEWpYpulDaAQaABoCinliayJKog LhycHN aAQkOMRMWETAPRGQNYHREECDAGHWTA q aEqQMaoccsqgGs Ins DOEBROUALAGRABAS O4NGnod r ludbatTeoltso tiwbZkfEes ikisNd2UoUEnKce 7e0ndc HesVvbie 3 ACEI peTPFReqklbefoTatvEs7 0VbWagha GqeJ9try qe fyhCcrs RULPN1HecefoTand M DLEPGEn PWCcho LovsJHrvkC2 HAW JEETE imo Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 266 Dray Tek 4 11 2 Trusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Subject Status Name Trusted CA 1 Trusted CA 2 Trusted C4 3
50. Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium CAH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF MIDES MspeES MAES Data will be encrypted and authentic Dray Tek i Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Branch 1 Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s VPN Dial Out Through WANT First Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP E 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router A aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type 64k bps PPTP Username IPSec Tunnel Password eee PPP Authentication PAPICHAP VJ Compression on off Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN a such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 6
51. Enable Dray Tek Description Display the number of each channel Check this box to enable that channel The channels that you enabled here will be shown in the Multi VLAN channel drop 119 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description down list on the web page of Internet Access Though you can enable eight channels in this page yet only one channel can be chosen on the web page of Internet Access Add Tag To identify the usage of VLAN check this box to invoke this setting And type the number for VLAN ID number Priority To add the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration WAN link for Channel 5 6 and 7 They are provided for router borne application such as TR 069 The settings must be applied and obtained from your ISP For your special request please contact with your ISP and then click WAN link of Channel 5 6 or 7 to configure your router WAN gt Multi VLAN gt PVC Channel 5 WAN for Router borne Application PPPoE PPPoA Client O Enable Disable Static or Dynamic IP O Enable Disable ISP Access Setup WAN IP Network Settings ISP Name fs Obtain an IP address automatically i i PPF Authentication Reguired for some ISPs Specify an IP address Always On Idle Timeout second s ieee IP Address From ISP Subnet Mask Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Gateway IP Address fe DNS Server
52. Enable Start Filter Set Disable Enable Start Filter Set Disable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for same games ex CS 3 Enable Strict Security Firewall Available settings are explained as follows Item Call Filter Data Filter Accept large incoming Enable Strict Security Firewall Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets For the sake of security the router will execute strict security checking for data transmission Such feature is enabled in default All the packets while transmitting through Vigor router will be filtered by firewall If the firewall system e g content filter server does not make any response pass or block for these packets then the router s firewall will block the packets directly
53. Guide 240 Dray Te k Item Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Assigned IP Start Description Optional MPPE This option represents that the MPPE encryption method will be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data Optional MPPE Optional WIPPE Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Enter a start IP address for the dial in
54. L m4a DO mp LJ o0gg F ra C ram Cl evox OU wav D wma Clear AIl Select All O class Ojad Oja Ojay Ojava O jem js F jse F jsp E jtk Cu tu Clear All Activex Select All L alx FJ apb axs LJ ocx D olb L ole L tlb wiv vrm Clear All Compression Select All Hace D aj Olbzip2 D bz2 Olcab Ogz Ogzip F rar C sit E zip Clear AIl Executation Select All L bas L bat L com L 1 exe E inf E pif E reg ser Clear All Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile Dray Te k 191 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 7 CSM Profile Content Security Management CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management APP Enforcement Filter As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It 1s similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications
55. LAN 4 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 3 5 How to Customize Your Login Page Login page can be customized to fit the request of the administrator l 3 Open User Management gt gt General Setup Set User Based as the Mode and click OK Quick Start Wizard Service Activation Wizard Online Status WAN LAN NAT Firewall User Management General Setup Objects Setting CSM Bandwidth Management Applications VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management VoIP Wireless LAN USB Application System Maintenance Diagnostics External Devices to save teh settings User Management gt gt General Setup ee Mode User Based Notice 1 User Management will refer to active rules in Data Filter as whitelists and blacklists in user based firewall mode 2 Users match the above lists will not be required for authentication The firewall rules policy will still valid 3 Otherwise authentication required for users not matched the above lists The firewall rules designated in the user profile s policy will still valid Landing Page Max 255 characters Preview Set to Factory Default lt body stats 1 gt lt script language javascript gt window location http www yahoo com lt script gt lt body gt Open User Management gt gt User Profile to create a new user profle User Management gt gt User Profile User Profile Table Profile Freee Se
56. LJ clubbos C Ares ezPeer Pando Cl Huntmine ClKkuwo The items categorized under Protocol CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name fo IM P P Protocol Misc Protocol Cons CFTR C HTTF CIRE LINNTP CI FOF3 CSME C SNMP LISSH LISSL TLS C TELNET Ci mysar Cl Oracle PostgreSQL Sybase LJ Informix Dray Tek 195 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide The items categorized under Misc CSM gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name fs IM P P Protocol Misc Tunneling Sacks4 5 LI PGPNet LIHTTP Proxy O Tor LI VAN Cl SoftEther OMS TEREDO O Wujie UltraSurf Cl Hamachi LIHTTP Tunnel J Ping Tunnel Ol Tiny YPN C RealTunnel Ol DynaPass C ultraven Cl Freel Ol Skyfire Streaming OmMsS CIRTSP C T vAnts C PPStream CIPPTY C FeiDian Juusee LINSPlayer LJ pcast LIT Koo Sopcast LI UBLivex LI TVUPlayer LimMySee Jioost Ol Flash ideo J SilverLight LJ Slingbox LJavop Remote Control CYNE LJ Radmin Spyanywhere L ShowmMyPec LogMein Cl Teamviewer Gogrok JRemotecontralPro C CrossLoop C WindowsRDP lpcanywhere Timbuktu C windowsLiveSynce C SharedView Web HD LIHTTE Upload LIHiNet SafeBox LIMS SkyDrive Cl GDoc Uploader LJ ADrive OmyGtherDrive O Mozy Cl BoxNet Cl officeLive 4 7 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate
57. Name WORKGROUP Vigor Note 1 If Charset is set to default only English long file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client have multi connection mechanism such as FileZilla you may limit client connections setting to 1 to get better performance Host Name 3 A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the hast name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the following oh es eS P OF Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 50 Dray Tek Dray Tek Setup a user account for the FTP service by using USB Application gt gt USB User Management Click Enable to enable FTP Samba User account Here we add a new account userl and assign authorities Read Write and List to it USB Application gt gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User Username Password Confirm Password Home Folder Access Rule File Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A 2 a z 0 9 9 Directory Enable Disable Delete sfe Remove and space Click OK to save the configuration Maximum 11 Characters ope Make sure the FTP service is running properly Please open a browser and type ftp 192 168 1 1 Use the account user1 to login Log On As Either the
58. Old Password New Password Confirm Password Go to System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password Note Password can contain only a z A Z 0 9 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide OK 16 e gt 4 27 4 1 Dray Tek 5 Enter the login password on the field of Old Password Type a new password in New Password and Confirm New Password fields Then click OK to continue 6 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router Username Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 2 3 Quick Start Wizard g Notice Quick Start Wizard for user mode operation is the same as for admin mode operation If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters Confirm Password Jesss O Dray Tek 17 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide On the next page as shown below please select the WAN interface that you use If Ethernet interface is used please choose WAN1 2 based on the physical hardware connection if 3G USB modem is used please choose WAN3 Choose Auto negotiation as the phys
59. Oonext Oroco pps6s 0 ArescChat O AWW Clcizmo CISIP RTP Like Lava Lava Ocus Cispa LJ TelTel TeamSpeak Oue C mobiliems C BaiduHi Web IM more than one address eMessenger WebMSN meebo eBuddy ILovelM ICO Java ICO Flash qoowy IMbaha gqetMessenger WebIMURLs Dore oe f F INUnitive Wablet mabber MSN2G0 KoollM MessengerFX MessengerAdictos WebYahoolM Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Select All Click it to choose all of the items in this page Clear All Uncheck all the selected boxes After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration The profiles configured here can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 194 Dray Te k The items categorized under P2P CSM gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Po Protocol Misc IM P2P Protocoh Aplications SSS Cl SoulSeek SoulSeek JeDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza FastTrack Kazaa BearShare iMesh 1 OpenFT KCeasy FilePipe Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy KCeasy OpenNap Lopster XNap WinLop CL BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet winny Winny Winks Share Other P2P Applications LJ sunlei L vagaa LJPP365 LJpoca
60. PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address You can configure up to four start IP addresses for LAN1 LAN4 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 10 5 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase I negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 Dray Tek 241 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over IPSec The Tun
61. Status IP Address PENAT F008 oe fC PEEA 7EEO 64 Global TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 53 246 4742 51618 WAN IPv6 Status Enable Mode Up Time YES TSPC 0 11 30 Gateway IP TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 54 239 5432 32527 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 40 Dray Te k AICCU Tunnel application Choose AICCU and type the information for AICCU of IPv6 Note While using such mode you have to make sure the IPv4 network connection is normal In the following figure the AICCU information is obtained from https www sixxs net main after applied for the service WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 TE Access Mode Connection Type AICCU Configuration Username JCRS SIKKS Password eeeeeeee Confirm Password PTT iTiiii Tunnel Broker tic sixxs net Subnet Prefix 2001 4DD0 FFO00 8805 2 Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful the physical connection will be shows as follows Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 3 59 17 IPv4 IPv6 LAN Status IP Address 2001 haieta FFU a805 HH JFFF FELE 7EEO 64 Global TX Packets RX Fackets TX Bytes RX Bytes 275 B24 26402 91147 WAN IPv6 Status Enable Up Time Yes 3 58 58 IP Gateway IP 2001 4DD0 FF00 80S 2 64 Global FE80 4CD0 FF00 805 2 64 Link TA Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 11 2585 744 428661 Dray Tek 41 Vigor2920
62. Trunk 0 Disable 14 F gO All vi 2611 Access 0 Disable E E v Access 0 Disable oO v Access 0 Disable a 0 s Access M 0 Disable oO All v Access 0 Disable 19 oO All 3700 Access 0 Disable 20 O All 3700 Access 0 Disable 21 gO All Mm 1 Access 0 Disable 22 All vi 1 Access 0 Disable w 24 0O All vij 1 Trunk 0 Disable Status DHCP i i d LAM 1 F gt d IP Address 192 168 1 1 192 168 2 1 192 168 3 1 192 168 4 1 192 168 0 1 LAN 2 m Note LAN 27374 are available when YLAN is enabled 59 LAN 3 After finishing the above configuration the equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 15 16 17 and 18 can get the corresponding IP address es of the network segment The equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 15 can get the IP address of 192 168 1 0 24 The equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 16 can get the IP address of 192 168 2 0 24 The equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 17 can get the IP address of 192 168 3 0 24 The equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 18 can get the IP address of 192 168 4 0 24 To make any two of VLAN groups of Tag Based VLAN linked with each other just check the boxes of the ones in the field of Inter LAN Routing in the page of LAN gt gt General Setup Refer to the following figure LAN2 and LAN3 are linked Details Page Details Page Details Page Details Page Details Page
63. a Setto Factory Default Name Profile Name admin System Reservation 3 im Im Iho RO no J ja ja a le Jeo le la S ke les N Click any link e g 3 to access into the following page Type a User Name and a Password Then click OK User Management User Profile Profile Index 3 Enable this account User Online Status Block User Name Password Confirm Password a au T lt Idle Timeout 0 min s O Unlimited Max User Login 0 Unlimited Policy Default The selection of items could be created as rules and which not set ta active External Server Authentication Log None Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 60 Dray Tek 4 Open System Maintenance gt gt Login Customization Check the box to enable this function Type a brief description e g Just for Carrie in the field of Login Description which will be shown on the heading of the login dialog Next click OK System Maintenance gt gt Login Customization Login Customization Enable Login Description Just for Carrie 31 char max Bulletin the maximum character length is 511 char lt hit lt b gt lt font color red gt Vigor lt fonte lt bo lt hit lt p gt Welcome to Draytek wor ld lt p gt Examples of Welcome Message and Bulletin 1 lt b gt Message lt b gt 2 chl gt lt font color red gt Title lt ftont gt lt hl gt lt p gt Message lt p gt Note that do not type URL redirect link in Bulleti
64. a 3 7 5 Force On E 5 Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week aE Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 4 9 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Server IP Address a Available settings are explained as follows Destination Port Item Description Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812
65. a new entry If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below 73 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Dial To TEN P YPN Server IP HOST Nametsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 166 1 1 Password Type of VPN LTR COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption C Use default gateway on remote network You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router IPSec Policy Sethng My IF i72 16 3 100 ka Type of IPSec Standard IPSec Tunnel Virture IP DrayTek Virture Interface ka Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec Specify an IP address meea a Subnet Mask Security Method Medium AH Authority Method Certification Authority If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN server then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 74 Dr ay Tek Dial To TENH Session Name office VPM Server IPF HOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 165 1 1 Use
66. and open Online Status If the connection is successful the physical connection will be shows as follows Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 0 21 30 IPv4 IPv6 LAN Status IP Address 2001 B010 7300 701 250 7FFF FEEA 7EE0 64 Global FE8O 250 7FFF FEEA 7EEO 64 Link TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes a2 tid 3176 15656 WAN IPv6 Status gt gt Drop PPP Enable Mode Up Time Yes Static IPv6 0 00 28 Gateway IP FESO 90 1400 242 4DS52 2001 B8000 168 1 001 B8000 168 2 TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes Fi 3 544 506 Dray Tek 43 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide ll Configuring the LAN Settings After finished the WAN settings for IPv6 please configure the LAN settings to make the router s client getting the IPv6 address 1 Access into the web configurator of Vigor2920 Open LAN gt gt General Setup Click the IPv6 button Note Only the subnet of LANI supports IPv6 feature LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN 11Pv6 Setup RADVD Configuration Enable Disable Advertisement Lifetime 1900 Seconds Range 600 9000 BECP Server Coniguraton Enable Server Disable Server Start IPv6 Address 2001 4DD0 FF00 5505 20 End IPv Address 2001 4DD0 FFO00 6905 50 DNS Server IPv6 Address Primary DNS Server 2001 470 20 2 Secondary DNS Serwer Static IPv6 Address configuratiion IPvw6 Address Prefix Length Gine IPv6 Add
67. and save it Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 82 Dr ay Te k 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below window showing BEGINE CERTIFICATE Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local f C TWyO Draytek emailaddress Mot Valid Yet GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MHITBQICCARNC ADAWOTELMARGALIUEBRNCYFcREDAORGNYERBA0TBORYYZ1LOZWsx ID de BqokqnkiGSwOBCOEWESRyzxN2OGRyYAZloeWsure StMIGLMA0GCS gos InsDOEBAOUa LAGNADCBIQERGoDPioahuy gFOavRiceSoERSD iknIdhbloiktecTALUDaFk s 6d SubeQytoViLBJ 22 IDFOx ez b6iptrevleltwwTsg41lgZf 6ok cGhuVTEd946PlernkP7 du 4c2 3c URBAN 4swsocevmSs yD IShLAIdeVYPUpNRVIroTa Re J ERMAHEVpYpwiDagab oCkuwdJwYJEKo LhvcNAgkONRowsDAWwBGQnVHREEDs NgqqtkemF Sd6Vr Lnlvh TAN bgQkg hkiGSwOBAguF ALOR GQAuSBRUGt4AVLhHSN6 AwToemlthgbew Evo t EF l TJinh URLQ4CiEi6nvV4huRytex2pEf starSgqRRErs 6RooeIxol45560xce NLGhoVoorl TSF qkiJNihip4sTcjecshN 2 wm Q0SVU bcesTGt Scke yeqquy fo kIoFa bTGviw 6 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Hame Local Issuer USNC A vigor Subject fermailAddress press draytek comic Twid Draytek haa eye ONS draytek com valid From Aug 30
68. as follows Item Description User account and Enable this account Check the box to enable this function Authentication Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Miust Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 246 Dray Tek Item Subnet User Name Password Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP IKE Authentication Method Dray Tek Description Specify Remote Node Check the checkbox to specify the IP address of the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IK
69. based on RFC 2138 Shared Secret Vigor2920 Series User s Guide The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to 222 Dray Tek Item Description authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret Confirm Shared Secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation After finished the above settings click OK button to save the settings 4 9 4 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It 1s more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate U
70. clear all indexes View All Click it to show all of profiles Trunk Click it to show the profile which VPN tunnel is up Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Active Check the box to enable the selected profile Status Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively Dray Tek 249 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide To edit each profile 1 Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name 27 Call Direction Both Dial out Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s YPN Dial Out Through VWANT First 4 Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block PING to the IP e Multicast via VPN OPpass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling PPTP Username er Se ee ee PPP Authentication PAP CHAP Server IP Host Name for VPN VJ Compression on off such as 5551234 draytek com or 123
71. equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www DrayTek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www DrayTek com iii Vigor2920 Series User s Guide European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou Township HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu Tatwan 303 Product Vigor2920 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor2920 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requi
72. for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use 104 Dray Tek Item Description WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using S WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 172 16 4 229 Y it tL it ot it te Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for Static or Dynamic I P in WAN1 WAN2 For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your ISP service providers In most cases a Cable serv
73. for data transmission and receiving according to the station capability Such channel can increase the performance for data transit Guard Interval It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and reflections for the sensitive digital data If you choose auto as guard interval the AP router will choose short guard interval increasing the wireless performance or long guard interval for data transmit based on the station capability Aggregation MSDU Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes It is used for improving MAC layer s performance for some brand s clients The default setting is Enable Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 308 Dray Te k 4 13 8 WMM Configuration WMM is an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC BE AC BK AC VI and AC VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Wireless LAN gt gt WMM Configuration WMM Configuration Setto Factory Default WMM Capable Enable Disable APSD Capable Enable Disable WMM Parameters of Acc
74. from the tunnel broker and then monitors the state of the tunnel in background After getting the IPv6 prefix and starting router advertisement daemon RADVD the PC behind this router can directly connect to IPv6 the Internet WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type TSPC ha TSPC Configuration Available settings are explained as follows Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 114 Dray Te k Item Username Password Confirm Password Tunnel Broker Description Type the name obtained from the broker Type the password assigned with the user name Type the password again to make the confirmation Type the address for the tunnel broker IP FQDN or an optional port number Details Page for IPv6 AICCU in WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type AICCU Configuration Username Password Confirm Password Tunnel Broker Subnet Prefix Item Username Password Confirm Password Tunnel Broker Subnet Prefix Dray Tek AICCU v Available settings are explained as follows Description Type the name obtained from the broker Please apply new account at http www sixxs net It is suggested for you to apply another username and password Type the password assigned with the user name Type the password again to make the confirmation Type the address for the tunnel broker IP FQDN or an optional port number Type
75. get the IP address of 192 168 3 0 24 For the detailed settings of the network segment open LAN gt gt General Setup and click Details Page Adjust the settings for your request Refer to the following figure Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 54 Dray Tek Dray Tek LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration For WAT Usage IP Address 192 165 1 1 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask PIP Protocol Control DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent Enable Disable Start IP Address 192 168 1 10 o 192 168 1 1 IP Pool Counts Gateway IP Address DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address lI Secondary IP Address C Force router to use address for DNS LAN gt General Setup General Setup Index Status DHCP LAM 1 Y y LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 IP Routed Subnet Inter LAN Routing Subnet LAN 1 LAN 1 LAN 2 F LAN 3 L gt LAN 4 F To make any two of VLAN groups linked with each other just check the boxes of the ones in the field of Inter LAN Routing in the page of LAN gt gt General Setup Refer to the following figure LAN2 and LAN3 are linked IP Address 192 168 1 1 Details Fage 197 168 2 1 Details Page 192 168 3 1 Details Page 1927 168 4 1 Details Page 192 168 0 1 Details Page LAN 2 LAN 3 LAM 4 d F Note LAN 27374 are available when YLAN is enabled 55 Vigor
76. id Mal CSE Ed UAL Canten Filt r Advance Seting 165 ip i flock Hethios own Filter Set 1 Mule T p F Check te enable the Filter Eile wal Comments Indesit 15 mn Sehedele Setup Dineen Down Direction Jaan Seurme P Seto Facio Detay Comments ir PEErPrEr Firewall gt Pilli Filter Sen gt Edit Flier Role Block MetBics LARUE TVEN 2 Yaad w Sa Ary Ed TOPAOP Por fom 137 158 1o undefined Eda Don Care Acthow Profile Syslog Pass Eho Fursher Match a None p S0000 a Hir Singi Hone E Aip select Hiri Li Anne aa g Hir w Nore cd E Edt Cem Cinca Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt gt DoS defense Setup DoS defense Setup Enable DoS Defense Select All C Enable SYN flood defense C Enable UDP flood defense C Enable ICMP flood defense C Enable Port Scan detection LJ Block IP options C Block Land C Block Smurf C Block trace route C Block SYN fragment C Block Fraggle Attack Threshold packets sec Timeout io sec Threshold packets sec Timeout io sec Threshold packets sec Timeout ho sec Threshold packets sec LJ Block TCP flag scan LJ Block Tear Dr
77. in the deleted VPN TRUNK profile will be released and that profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in black Time for activating VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism will be activated automatically after the initial connection of single VPN Tunnel off line The content in Member1 2 within VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile is similar to dial out profile configured in LAN to LAN web page VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile will process and handle everything unless it is off line once it is activated How can you set a VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile 1 First of all go to VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Set two or more LAN to LAN profiles first that will be used for Member and Member2 If you do not set enough LAN to LAN profiles you cannot operate VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile management well 2 Access into VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management 3 Set one group of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile by choosing Enable radio button type a name for such profile e g 071023 choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member drop down list choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member2 drop down list and click Add at last General Setup status Profile Name Memberi Memberz Active Mode Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Enable Disable Please select a L AN to LaN Dial Out profile
78. indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Name Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Dray Tek 243 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name one Enable this account Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address k IP Accept Subject Name Country T State 5T SSS Location L Orginization Unit OU Po Common Name CN Email S Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type the name of the profile Accept Any Peer ID Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Accept Subject Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept Alternative Name the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Accept Subject Name Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization
79. information Below shows the settings page for IPv6 LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN 1 1IPv6 Setup RADVD Configuration Enable Disable Advertisement Lifetime 1800 Seconds Range 600 9000 DHCPv Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server DONS Server IPv Address Static IPv6 Address configuratiion IPye Address Prefix Length Ca ET Current IPv6 Address Table Index IPw6 Addresa Prefix Length 1 FESO 250 7FFF FEE amp 7EC8 64 It provides 2 daemons for LAN side IPv6 address configuration One is RADVD stateless and the other is DHCPv6 Server Stateful Available settings are explained as follows Item Description RADVD Configuration Enable Click it to enable RADVD server The router advertisement daemon radvd sends Router Advertisement messages specified by RFC 2461 to a local Ethernet LAN periodically and when requested by a node sending a Router Solicitation message These messages are required for IPv6 stateless auto configuration Disable Click it to disable RADVD server Advertisement Lifetime The lifetime associated with the default router in units of seconds It s used to control the lifetime of the prefix The maximum value corresponds to 18 2 hours A lifetime of 0 indicates that the router is not a default router and should not appear on the default router Dray Tek 127 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide DHCPv6 Server C
80. maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Details Page for IP Routed Subnet LAN gt General Setup TCP IP and DHCP Setup for IP Routed Subnet Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration OQ cEnable Disable Start IP Address fs For Routing Usage IP Pool Counts lo max 103 IP Address 192 165 0 1 C Use LAN Port Pi pa Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 deo Tic Addrest RIP Protocol Control Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address MAC Address ry woe WR HI Dray Tek 129 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Enable Disable Click Enable to enable such configuration click Disable to disable such configuration IP Address Type in IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 0 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 RIP Protocol Control Disable Deactivate the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default Enable Trigger the router to exchange the e
81. modify or change the content of the tems without any reasons tt is suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement please stop using Myvigor service 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 3 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fields marked by are required Gasreement Account Information i UserName Mary Check Account 3 20 characters seee Password fs B e 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username Confirm Password sooo Personal Information First Name Mary Last Name Ted Company Name Tech Ltd H p Email Address mary ted techcom Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 a Country SWITZERLAND v Career Supervisor vj 4 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue
82. network Translation Such feature is active only for the user who uses IPv4 to communicate with other user using IPv4 service Before configuring the settings on Vigor2920 you need to know which connection type that your IPv6 service used I Configuring the WAN Settings For the IPv6 WAN settings for Vigor2920 there are five connection types to be chosen PPP TSPC AICCU DHCPv6 Client and Static IPv6 1 Access into the web configurator of Vigor2920 Open WAN gt gt Internet Access Choose one of the WAN interfaces as the one supporting IPv6 service Then click the IPv6 button of the selected WAN WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANT Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP hd Details Page WAN Ethernet PPPoE s Details Page None IPv6 Dray Tek 37 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Note Only one WAN interface support IPv6 service at one time In this example WAN2 is chosen as the one supporting IPv6 service 2 Inthe following figure use the drop down list to choose a proper connection type WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 Static or Dynamic IP Internet Access Mode Connection Type PPTP L2TP IPv6 Offline Offline DHCP v6 Client static PvE Different connection types will bring out different configuration page Refer to the following time PPP Dual Stack application IPv4 and IPv6 services can be util
83. new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Service Type TCR w e Fort Configuration Type Single Range Port Number ao bo Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuration Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type 4 By the way you can set up to 10 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 216 Dray Tek 4 9 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications 4 9 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to
84. no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 8 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management Bandwidth Management 4 8 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 204 Dray Te k Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions Limitation List Index Start IF Specific Limitation Starti S Max Sessions end Pe Maximum Sessions Administration Message Max 256 characters Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 7 Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of lim
85. not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Please visit http www draytek com user SupportDLRTTECE php This product is designed for 2 4GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product Vigor2920 Series User s Guide iv Dray Te k Table of Contents SPU OCC NO seances aae cecavetecxcccunweu sx ceceswte AEA 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation cccccccccccccceeeeseesseeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeeessaaaaeeeeeeeeesaaaaeees 1 1 2 LED Indicat rs and Ome CON S cia Gontenieshceacsdaciencn ste sustuctiedeg a a tees teeieeeenee 2 AA FOF VIGO 29 Oee cone pee anttaadsunetelaccaretnnttadettendiaqutaadanntsedtuvenhtosdanetactetetalaasenteeids 2 We OP VIGIL 29 20 IW e antencatiedsmachnecan dean cdneet A E 4 eo Ol VIOO 9 20 W aE E E 6 1 3 Hardware Installation icosaceuentrineavinnspnmendawsnwsaimeantnauiesniunieniniiusewaioenindcaisiuwesiannVeunineuvenmcensenrnonnestd 8 WA PRUNE DS Fall ION seek aR EA E 9 Configuring Basic Settings snnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnna 15 2 1 Accessing Web FAG C ceceanesteseuessacacusevsaseceseashoneascasacucsvesssarscscbssea aescup aai eccavseseeSeaxauieueseacdenesst 15 22 Chanding FAS SW ONO esata nb snegcerneee sieht ue oops E EENE aN 16 2o el are t2
86. on the current used Mac OS on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 358 Dray Te k 806 Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jan 3 B2 24 16 on ttypi Welcome ta Darwin Vigorla draytekd ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 tcomp_seq 6 ttl 255 times8 755 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 1 ttl 255 times8 697 ms t bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 2 ttl 255 times6 716 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 3 ttl 255 timesh 731 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 tcmp_seq 4 ttl 255 timesh 72 ms AE 192 168 1 1 ping statistics EF packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip minfgaygemax 0 697 6 7236 755 ms Vigoria draytekd fj 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Open WAN gt gt Internet Access page and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Click Details Page of WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 to review the settings that you configured previously WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP v Details Page WAN Ethernet None we IPv WANS USB None kad IPv6 Note Only one
87. only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status 1E x g w 2 10 w 3 i mae Fs 4 4 12 x J 13 Fs 6 14 rd f H 15 rs 8 H Status v Active x Inactive Each item is explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule 1 Click any index for example Index No 1 Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Index 4 f 3 4 a 6 f E Status v Active s Inactive Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Status 4 x eX KX NR NK 220 Index 2 S s h k PEERI Set to Factory Default Status X KO KE KK O K K K Dray Tek 2 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index 1 are shown below Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 Start Date yyyy mm dd 2000 Start Time hh mm 0 w Jo Duration Time hh mms 0 o w Action Idle Timeout How Often Once Weekdays C Sun Force On kd minutecs max 255 0 for default Mon Tue Wied THu Fri O Sat Available set
88. save the log to the attached USB storage disk Display the name for such router configured in System Maintenance gt gt Management If there is no name here simply lick the link to access into System Maintenance gt gt Management to set the router name The IP address of the Syslog server Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog Check Enable to activate function of alert log Type the port number for alert log The default setting 1s 514 Check Enable to activate function of mail alert Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not The IP address of the SMTP server Assign a mail address for sending mails out Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following l 2 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address Install the Router To
89. seconds and then redirect to the original web site specified 126 characters at mast Ex Welcome to Vigorous Wirelass or lt B gt Welcomes e lt B gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Disable Redirect to URL Show the message Dray Tek Description Click this button to close this function Any user who wants to access into Internet through this router will be redirected to the URL specified here first It 1s a useful method for the purpose of advertisement For example force the wireless user s in hotel to access into the web page that the hotel wants the user s to visit Type words or sentences here The message will be displayed on the screen for several seconds when the wireless users access into the web page through the router 313 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 14 USB Application USB storage disk connected on Vigor router can be regarded as a server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN can access write and read data stored in USB storage disk with different applications After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt USB User Management on the client software Then the client can use the FTP site USB storage disk or share the Samba service through Vigor router USB Application 4 14 1 USB General Settings This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection
90. server does not allow anonyrnoous logins or the e mail address was not accepted FTP server 192 165 1 1 User name Password After you log on vou can add this serwer to your Favorites and return to it easily FTF does not encrypt or encode passwords or data before sending them to the server To protect the security of vour passwords and data use Web Folders CWebDay instead Learn more about using Web Folders Save password Log on anonymously 5I Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 6 When the following screen appears it means the FTP service is running properly File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back i i P Search I Folders is Other Places f j FinaldataEn opkg install tempstorage iTunesSetu wlc 1 1 5 wi E Internet Explorer 4 My Documents a 3 Shared Documents HEE Hez MEZ 115 bmp 12 Always Air supply lost Crystal t My Network Places Open mp iInlove mp3 Flower mp3 7 Return to USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status The information for FTP server will be shown as below USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk Write Protect Status No Disk Capacity 2009 MB Free Capacity O0 ME Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh ote If the write protect switch of USB dis on the USB dis can be written to it Now users in LAN of Vigor2920 can access
91. since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control
92. that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address Objects Setting 4 6 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Mame Index Mame 1 17 2 18 3 13 4 20 J 21 b 22 E 23 8 24 J 23 10 2b 11 f 12 28 13 23 14 30 15 31 16 32 lt lt 1 32 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 gt gt Next gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this profile Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Dray Tek 177 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 11 Mame Interface Address Type Mac Address Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection RD Department Any Range Address loo Hoo Hoo Hoo foo Hoo 192 166 1765 192 166 1 69 li Available settings are explained as follows Item Name Interface Address Type MAC Address Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface A H Y LAMR TAPI VAY For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Ru
93. the STUN server Minimum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the minimum period The default setting is 60 seconds Maximum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the maximum period A value of 1 indicates that no maximum period is specified 4 15 4 Administrator Password This page allows you to set new password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Qld Password New Password Confirm Password 0 Available parameters are explained as follows Item Description Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is admin New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Dray Te k 325 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 15 5 User Password Sometimes you may want to access into User Mode to configure the web settings for some reason Vigor router allows you to set new user password to login into the WUI to fit your request Simply open System Maintenance gt gt User Password System Maintenance gt gt U
94. the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 The router offers PPPoE dial up connection Besides you also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local clients to your ISP via the Vigor router When PPPoA protocol is selected the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN server Thus the PC can access Internet through such direction For Wired LAN If you check this box PCs on the same network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet For Wireless LAN If you check this box PCs on the same wireless network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout
95. this box to enable the login customization function Login Description Type a brief description e g Welcome to DrayTek which will be shown on the heading of the login dialog Bulletin Type words or sentences here It will be displayed for bulletin message In addition it can be displayed on the login dialog at the bottom Below shows an example of login customization with the information typed in Login Description and Bulletin Login for Test Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek Tre Vigor This is an example of Bulletin feature of Vigor Routers 1 John please pay your rent 2 Mary please collect your electricity bill in the mailbox 3 Josh could t manage to reach you but your parents were looking for you urgently Please refer to 3 5 How to Customize Your Login Page for more details 4 15 7 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file ooo 2 Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file Dray Te k 329 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save butt
96. to 40 profiles for IPv6 static route Click the IPv6 tab to open the following page LAN gt Static Route Setup IPw4 IPvb Setto Factory Default View IPv Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status 1 el w 11 Ho 5 2 vO H eG H a oo A 13 0 x 4 O w 14 rae a ale w 15 Hee x G 30 w 16 ea x alll H Ti tell H t 0 w 18 ral Shh iO H ikk il H 10 3 0 w 20 eal lt lt 1 20 21 40 gt gt Next gt gt Status w Active x Inactive Empty Each item is explained as follows Item Description Index The number 1 to 40 under Index allows you to open next page to set up static route Dray Tek 133 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default settings Viewing IPv6 Routing Displays the routing table for your reference Table Click any underline of index number to get the following page LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 C Enable Network Interface LAM Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Click it to enable this profile Destination IPv6 Address Type the IP address with the prefix length for this entry Prefix Len Gateway IPv6 Address Type the gateway address for this entry Network Interface Use th
97. to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box 109 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item WAN IP Network Settings Description Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for PPP in WAN3 To use PPP for 3G USB Modem as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPP mode for WAN3 The following web page will be shown WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 3 343 Modem SIM PIN code Modem Initial String APH Name Modem Initial Stringz Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password PPP Authentication OkEnable Disable TY Default ATRFEOV 141802800 150 0 Sd aora o Default ATOT 99 COMA ATOT 777 TO SCOMA ATOT 98 144 a CO ii i opioa Indes 1 15 in Schedule Setup WAN Connection Detection ARP Detect Mode Ping IP TTL Available settings are explained as follows Item 3G Modem SIM P
98. type of application Repeater mode is for the second one Disable Dis able oe Bridge Repeater hl There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared Key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Type There are some types for you to choose WPA and WPA2 are used for WDS devices e g 2920n wireless router you can set the encryption mode as WPA or WPA2 to establish your WDS system between AP and the router 306 Dray Tek Item Description Key Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x Bridge If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Repeater If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC
99. up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally
100. use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org Www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account l Dray Tek Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test In the DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup set to Factory Default Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Force Update A4uta Update interwal 14400 Mints 1 14400 Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active T WANI First w 2 WAL First 3 WANI First f w Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable DDNS function 217 Vigor2920 Series Use
101. web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 196 Dray Tek For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web 29 99 sites or web pa
102. will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm Thank for your register in VigorPra Web Site The Register process is completed Dray Tek 89 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 10 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code T4helw T4 h e 41 C lf you cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a MWyVider Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service BEG 3 597 2727 of ek com email to webmasterna dra 11 Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into My Vigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want 3 12 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Site 1 Access into http myvigor draytek com Find the line of Not registered yet Then click the link Click here to access into next page Dray Tek fi Home i for you About Us n s MyVigor website replaces the VigorPro site as DrayTek s portal site for O Product the latest products and services in network security including Anti UserName My Information virus Anti Spa
103. will select a proper way for your VoIP call 281 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Act as Outbound Proxy Display Name Account Number Name Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP Service The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again If the router e g broadband router you use connec
104. wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 Wireless Card Installed Connection via WPS P y ee Station Set SSID and lt gt Encryption WPA WPA2 Note Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code On the side of Vigor 2920 series which served as an AP press WPS button once on the front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card WLAN Card Dray Tek 301 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide If you want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card Define a F EnEn PIN Code of Station PIN Code For WPS is supported in WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode if you do not choose such mode in Wireless LAN gt gt
105. 0 RTP TOS IP precedence 5 fioo O 4 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Phone List Port there are two phone ports provided here for you to configure Phonel Phone2 allows you to set general settings for PSTN phones Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel_ 1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 284 Dray Te k Item Description DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index RTP Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package U
106. 0 O0 O0 O0 OO O0 O0 O0 M7ooocodooo oo MMEEXERN VOIP is encrypted HMREERMKE VOIP isn t encrypted Each item is explained as follows Item Description Refresh Seconds Specify the interval of refresh time to obtain the latest VoIP calling information The information will update immediately when the Refresh button is clicked Petresh Seconds Port It shows current connection status for Phone s and ISDN ports Status It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function is idle HANG UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT_ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Codec Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 290 Dray Tek PeerID The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain Elapse The format is represented as hours minutes seconds Tx Pkts Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session Rx Pkts Total number of received voice packets during this connection session Rx Losts Total number of lost packets during this connection session Rx Jitter The jitter of received voice packets In Calls Accumulation for the times of in call Out Calls Ac
107. 00 Dr ay Te k 4 7 3 Web Content Filter Profile Note Web Content Filter WCF service is powered by Commtouch the partner of DrayTek The product name is GlobalView WCF There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation Service Activation Wizard allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server MyVigor located on http myvigor draytek com However if you use the Web Content Filter Profile page to activate WCF feature it is necessary for you to access into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com Therefore you need to register an account on http myvigor draytek com for using corresponding service Please refer to section of creating MyVigor account WCE adopts the mechanism developed and offered by certain service provider e g DrayTek No matter activating WCF feature or getting a new license for web content filter you have to click Activate to satisfy your request Be aware that service provider matching with Vigor router currently offers a period of time for trial version for users to experiment If you want to purchase a formal edition simply contact with the channel partner or your dealer Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page The default setting for Setup Query Server Set
108. 0x Family Details Close Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application er TIP Broadband Connection on Router Properties Ed x Advanced Settings General Services Connect to the Internet using Select the services running on your network that Internet users can ACCESS a3 IF Broadband Connection on A outer Ftp Example menmegr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDP menmegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP m nmegr 192 168 29 11 5789 63231 TCF This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Settings Show icon in notification area when connected Add Edit sjete The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully th
109. 15 9 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2010 Apr 2 Fri 1 56 Time Setup O Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Server IP Address pool ntp org Time zone SMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin ha Enable Daylight Sawing F Automatically Update Interval Available parameters are explained as follows Item Description Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Time Protocol Select a time protocol Dray Te k 333 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Server IP Address Time Zone Enable Daylight Saving Automatically Update Interval Description Type the IP address of the time server Select the time zone where the router is located Check the box to enable the daylight saving Such feature is available for certain area Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Click OK to save these settings 4 15 10 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receiv
110. 23 01 15 ov gorAC SI Current Login From 114 37 142 184 om RowNo 5 PageNo 2 se Vigor Series Your Device List Lei Management Serial Number Host ID Device Name Model Note Customer Survey i f a Vigor3300V Vigor3308 Vigor 820 Vigor 820 Vigor2710vn Vigor2710 Vigor2380 Vigor2630 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 36 Dray Tek Tutorials and Applications 3 1 How to configure settings for IPv6 Service Due to the shortage of IPv4 address more and more countries use IPv6 to solve the problem However to continually use the original rich resources of IPv4 both IPv6 and IPv4 networks shall communicate for each other via intercommunication mechanism to complete the shifting job from IPv4 to IPv6 gradually At present there are three common types of intercommunication mechanisms Dual Stack The user can use both IPv4 and IPv6 techniques at the same time That means adding an IPv6 stack on the origin network layer to let the host own the communication capability of IPv4 and IPv6 Tunnel Both IPv6 hosts can be communicated for each other via existing IPv4 network environment The IPv6 packets will be encapsulated with the header of IPv4 first Later the packets will be transformed and adjusted as IPv4 payload Once the packets arrive the border between IPv4 and IPv6 the header of IPv4 on the packets will be removed Then the packets with IPv6 address will be forwarded to the destination of IPv6
111. 2920 Series User s Guide ll Tag Based VLAN By identifying the tagged message Vigor2920 can divide the LAN Port into several VLAN groups Such LAN port with tagged information will accept the packets only with VLAN ID number For example Vigor2920 can divide the internal departments of a company into four different groups by using VigorSwitch 2240 Each group uses different network segment and does not link for each other VigorSwitch 2240 Trunk Port 23 and Vigor2920 LAN Port 4 are connected with network cable See the following graphic for an example LE I LJ LAN Port 4 prapt VigorSwitch Trunk Port 23 G2240 aga ajtt VLAN3 RD Dept VLAN2 LAN14 192 168 4 x Sales Dept VLAN 1 LAN 192 168 3 x Finance Dept VLANO LAN 192 168 2 x HR Dept LAN 192 168 1 x Group 0 VLANO Human Resource LAN Port 4 IP 192 168 1 0 24 Group 1 VLAN1 Finance Dept LAN Port 4 IP 192 168 2 0 24 Group 2 VLAN2 Sales Dept LAN Port 4 IP 192 168 3 0 24 Group 3 VLAN3 R amp D LAN Port 4 IP 192 168 4 0 24 Configuration 1 Inthe page of LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration check the box of Enable to enable the function of VLAN Configuration 2 To activate the function of VLAN Tag for VLANO setting check the box of Enable and type the value 7 for VID setting Then check P4 and set LAN1 as the Subnet 3 To activate the function of VLAN Tag for VLAN setting check the box of Enable and type the value 8
112. 3 VLAN Name 2920 VID10 Port Members 18 23 3 Open Vlan gt gt Ports and set the VID value with role for each Port Port 15 VID 7 Role Access Port 16 VID 8 Role Access Port 17 VID 9 Role Access Port 18 VID 10 Role Access Port 23 VID 1 Role Trunk Port 23 is set with Trunk in this example and will transfer the packets with VLAN Tag information That is packets with VID 7 8 9 and 10 will be transferred to Vigor2920 by Port 23 and VID information will be retained Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 58 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek Dray Tek Auto Logout OFF VigorSwitch G2240 4 E system Port Evian Vian Mode Tag based Group Port based Group Port Isolation Management Vian MAC EIGVRP Claes SNMP EACL GIP MAC Binding G g02 1x Trunk ESTP MSTP Mirroring Multicast Alarm DHCP Snooping CILLDP Save Restore Export Import LAN gt gt General Setup General Setup Index LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 IP Routed Subnet Inter LAN Routing Subnet LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAM 4 3 wj LJ Al vij 50 access u uisanie 6 v C All v 86 Access 0 Disable 7 O All i 86 Access 0 Disable 8 v C All v 86 Trunk 0 Disable All 84 Access 0 Disable 10 m O All v 84 Access 0 Disable 11 m O All 84 Access 0 Disable 12 go All v 84 Trunk 0 Disable w 13 oO All 2611
113. 3 OJT 25 0 4 DIT Others 25 0 Outbound Status Others o 5 10 Eps General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules Dray Te K 211 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN 2 General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 25 ee Class 2 25 eg Class 3 25 l Others js b L Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited _bandwidth Ratio s o C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable the QoS Control The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page WAN Inbound It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for WAN Bandwidth For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream ple
114. 5 G 7294 B Phonei O Phonez z 6 G 7294 B Phone1 Phonez T G 7294 B Phone1 JPhonez g G 7294 B Phonei O Phonez 9 G 7294 B Phone1 1 Phonez z 10 G 7294 B Phonei IPhone2 11 G 7294 B Phonei Phone2 E 12 G 729A B Phonei Phonee R success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP server NAT Traversal Setting STUN Server SIP PING Interval fou eee Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Index Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account Profile Display the profile name of the account Domain Realm Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Proxy Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Account Name Display the account name of SIP address before Codec Display the codec type for the account Ring Port Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call Set Phone ISDN1 SO or ISDN TE as the default ring port for the SIP account If you choose Phone or ISDN1 S0O the ISDN2 TE selection will be dimmed vice versa There are ten internal lines with numbers 30 39 offered for ISDN SO You can specify any one of them as ring port for specified SIP account By the way ISDN SO can be used by mapping with MSN numbers Status Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP s
115. 5c0 1400 000b 0000 0000 0000 b527 Router DNS name vigor2850 broker freenet6 net Remote Endpoint v4 Address 81 171 72 11 Remote Endpoint v6 Address 2001 05c0 1400 000b 0000 0000 0000 b526 Tspe Prefix 2001 05c0 1513 53900 0000 0000 0000 0000 Tspe Prefixlen 56 Tunnel Broker amsterdam freenet6 net Tunnel Status Connected Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 352 Dray Tek 4 17 External Devices Vigor router can be used to connect with many types of external devices In order to control or manage the external devices conveniently open External Devices to make detailed configuration External Devices External Device Auto Discovery External Devices Connected Below shows available devices that connected externally For security reason If you have changed the administrator password on External Device please click the Account button to retype new username and password Otherwise the router will be unable to monitor the External Device device properly Click the Clear button to Clear the off line information and account information From this web page check the box of External Device Auto Discovery Later all the available devices will be displayed in this page with icons and corresponding information You can change the device name if required or remove the information for off line device whenever you want
116. 7 89 IKE Authentication Method 220 135 240 206 Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 one IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 68 Dr ay Te k If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type 64k bps IPSec Tunnel Password Coc L2TP with IPSec Policy one PPP Authentication VJ Compression on Off Dial Number for ISDN or IKE Authentication Method Server IP Host Name for VPN l such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 KE Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username C PPTP IPSec Tunnel Password O L2TP with IPSec Policy None REESE n IKE Authentication Method
117. 9 Online Status Physical Connection IPwd LAN Status IP Address 2001 8010 7280 101 250 FFF FEES 7EEO 64 Global FESO 250 FFF FEES EEQ O4 Lin TX Packets RX Packets 4 WAN IPv6 Status Gateway IP System Uptime 0 5 35 secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 gt gt Dial PPPoA Up Time 00 00 00 RX Packets RX Rate Bps 0 0 gt gt Drop PPPoE Up Time 0 05 23 RX Packets RX Rate Bps 610 78 System Uptime 0 3 39 gt gt Drop PPP 0 7280 101 250 FFF FEEA fEE2 128 Global PESO SO 1400 4143 4F3F 2001 B000 166 1 2001 E000 108 2 TX Packets RX Packets 7 5 39 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide TSPC Tunnel application both IPv6 hosts communicate through IPv4 network Choose TSPC and type the information for TSPC service Note While using such mode you have to make sure the IPv4 network connection is normal In the following figure the TSPC information is obtained from http gogo6 com after applied for the service WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type TSPC Configuration Username Cacahsu Password TTT IITiLiiiili Confirm Password PTT IIIT iiiiity Tunnel Broker broker freenet6_net Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful the physical connection will be shows as follows Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 0 12 11 IPv4 IPv6 LAN
118. Access WAN 1 IPw6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type PPP Note IPv4 WAN setting should be PPPoE client Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on PPPoE mode Dray Tek 113 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Online Status Physical Connection system Uptime 0 0 30 IPv4 IPv6 LAN Status IP Address 2001 8010 7300 200 21D AAFF FE A 3E58 64 Global FE80 21D AAFF FE A 3658 64 Link TA Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 7 B 616 D72 WAN2 IPv6 Status Enable Mode Up Time Yes PPP 0 00 11 IP Gateway IP 2001 8010 7300 200 21D AAFF FE7A SESA 128 Global FE80 90 1400 242 AD52 FE80 1D AAFF FE7A 3E5A 128 Link DNS IP 001 B000 168 1 2001 65000 168 2 TA Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes Fa 4 544 616 Note At present the IPv6 prefix can be acquired via the PPPoE mode connection which is available for the areas such as Taiwan hinet the Netherlands Australia and UK Details Page for IPv6 TSPC in WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 Tunnel setup protocol client TSPC is an application which could help you to connect to IPv6 network easily Please make sure your IPv4 WAN connection is OK and apply one free account from hexago http gogonet gog06 com page freenet6 account before you try to use TSPC for network connection TSPC would connect to tunnel broker and requests a tunnel according to the specifications inside the configuration file It gets a public IPv6 IP address and an IPv6 prefix
119. Available settings are explained as follows Item Profile Name User Name Password Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 Peer IP VPN Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above For IPSec L2TP IPSec authentication you have to type a pre shared key Type the pre shared key again for confirmation Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effective Type the WAN IP address or VPN client IP address for the remote client Type the ID name for the remote client Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection 238 Dray Tek 4 After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmati
120. Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Backup Encrypt password Po Confirm password fe Click to download certificates to your local PC as a file Restoration Select 4 backup file to restore ee ct Decrypt password Click to upload the file 4 12 VoIP Note This function is used for V models Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP is an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field the password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a
121. C sUSicN vigor Mot Yet Valid lew Delete Trusted CA 2 len Delete Trusted CA 3 WEW Delete IMPORT REFRESH 4 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Mame Trusted CA 1 Issuer f SioN vigor Subject IOsUSiChl vigar Subject Alternative Name Valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid Ta Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Close ONS draytek com Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first Dray Tek 85 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 3 12 Creating an Account for MyVigor The website of MyVigor a server located on http myvigor draytek com provides several useful services such as Web Content Filter to filtering the web pages for the sake of protecting your system In general Service Activation Wizard can activate WCF service for the router by using simple steps However if you for example a company purchase several different routers and activate the services respectively you might need an account to achieve the goal of management Please follow the sections below to create an account for MyVigor 3 12 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router 1 Click CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile The following page will appear CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server
122. Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with different VPN not accessing for each other Member Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you 294 Dray Tek Item Long Preamble Packet OVERDRIVE Dray Tek Description Auto Channel 1 2412MHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422MH2 Channel 4 2427 MHz Channel 5 2452hMHz Channel 6 2437 MHz Channel 7 244 MHz Channel 8 2447 WiHz Channel 9 24452M1Hz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2462 1Hz Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2M1Hz Channel This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless
123. Description Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile No The order of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Status v means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Name Display the name of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Member Display the dial out profile selected from the Member drop down list below Member2 Display the dial out profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below Active Yes means normal condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Type Display the connection type for that profile such as IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec NICE L2TP over IPSec MUST and so on Advanced This button is only available when there is one profile or more created in this page f http 192 168 1 1 YPN Backup Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer VPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Name 071023 ERD Mode Normal O Resume Member 1 first Detail Information Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode Detailed information for this dialog see later section Advanced Backup Status After choosing one of the profile listed above please click Enable to activate this profile If you click Disable the selected or current used VPN TRUNK Backup Load Balance mechanism profile will not have any e
124. Description fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Server IP Address SMTP Server Destination Port 514 Mail To En
125. Dray Tek 263 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description us a Remdi test 19 2 168 0 26 test 192 1638 0 27 unnel 499 164 168 1 0 24 51 11 Auth Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection status VPN Connection Status Display current connected VPN status VPN Display the name of the VPN profile Type Display the VPN connection mode such as PPTP or IPSec Remote IP Display the IP address of remote peer Virtual Network Display the remote network IP address with subnet address Tx Pkts Display the transmission packets passing through such VPN channel Tx Rate Display the transmission rate for data through such VPN tunnel Rx Pkts Display the receiving packets passing through such VPN channel Rx Rate Display the receiving rate for data through such VPN tunnel Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 264 Dray Te k 4 11 Certificate Management 4 11 1 Local Certificate A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates confo
126. E aggressive mode If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings Netbios Naming Packet Pass Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Multicast via VPN Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Vigor2920 offers multiple subnets in default LAN1 to LAN4 for different purposes Simply use the drop down list to specify which subnet will be applied by this profile Subnet Assign Static IP Address If you want to specify an IP address as the subnet for this profile Check this box to enable it and type an IP address in this field This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Check this box to make the authentication with mOTP function PIN Code Type the code for authentication e g 1234 Secr
127. F WPS button twice to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Phone 1 2 Connecter for analog phone s Line Connector for PSTN life line GigaLAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices WANI WAN2 Giga Connecters for remote networked devices USB Connecter for Mobile HDD 3G Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dray Tek I Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect the cable Modem DSL Modem Media Converter to any WAN port of router with Ethernet cable RJ 45 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable RJ 45 to one of the LAN ports of the router and the other end of the cable RJ 45 into the Ethernet port on your computer 3 Connect one end of the power adapter to the router s power port on the rear panel and the other side into a wall outlet 4 Power on the device by pressing down the power switch on the rear panel 5 The system starts to initiate After completing the system test the ACT LED will light up and start blinking For the detailed inform
128. FFoE gt Protocol LCPic021 Confen Identifier 0 00 HRU 1300 ACCE Apr 120 1749 i WAN FPPoE lt 1 T 1 PADS IDO Apr 1209 1749 Fs 23 JModem respons CONNECT 200000 Apr 1208 17 49 ri ColModem samsa 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 Apr 120 1749 i 30 Modem atal 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 Apr 1203 1749 Pago O Modem dal ATDT 8 Apr 12 03 17 49 Fs WANZ FPPoE gt 1 T 1 PADR IDO Apr 12 00 17 49 gor WANS FPPoE 1 T 1 FADO IDO Apr 1203 17 43 age gde ma OR Apr 1208 1749 igor Hn rhs A TAFEDT 1 XI1AD24C 5e Aor 1209 1743 WAN PPPoE Y1 T 1 FADI IDO 55 Transmission Rate is not fast enough Please connect your Notebook with 3G USB Modem to test the connection speed to verify if the problem is caused by Vigor2920 In addition please refer to the manual of 3G USB Modem for LED Status to make sure if the modem connects to Internet via HSDPA mode If you want to use the modem indoors please put it on the place near the window to obtain better signal receiving 5 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Such function is available in Admin Mode only Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null Software Reset You can reset the
129. Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from 156 Dray Tek Item Description the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin v Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea o
130. IN code Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet 110 Dray Tek Item Modem Initial String APN Name Modem Initial String2 Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password PPP Authentication Index 1 15 WAN Connection Detection Description Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Type the name and click Apply The initial string 1 is shared with APN In some cases users may need another initial AT command to restrict 3G band or do any special settings Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP Type the PPP username optional Type the PPP password optional Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Set the PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt g
131. IP Active True IP Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host Dray Tek 143 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide F hino E O 132 168 110 13 168 118 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the screen Click OK to save the setting DMZ Host for WAN2 and WAN3 is slightly different with WAN1 See the following figure NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WANT WAN WANS WAN 2 Enable Private IP o pooo If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN2 interface you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WANT WAN WANS WAN Index Enable Aux WAR IP Private IP Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 144 Dray Te k Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Sel
132. IP Address Primary IP Address fs Secondary IP Address fe Available settings are explained as follows Item Description WAN for Router borne Choose the router service for channel 5 6 or 7 Application Management It can be specified for general management Web configuration telnet TR069 If you choose Management the configuration for this VLAN will be effective for Web configuration telnet TR 069 VoIP It can be specified for VoIP only If you choose VoIP the configuration for this VLAN will be effective for VoIP data transmitting and receiving IPTV Packets from IGMP proxy will be sent out from such WAN interface Therefore the setting for IGMP shall be Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 120 Dray Tek Item Description configured with PVC in the page of Application gt gt IGMP hl an age rr JEt it For other settings refer to Details Page for PPPoE in WANI Bridge General page lets you set the first channel As to set the third channel please click the Bridge tab to open Bridge configuration page WAN gt gt Multi VLAN General Bridge Channel Enable Pi P2 P3 P4 1 2 3 LJ L LI 4 d d L 5 d L L 6 LI d L d d LI B l c Oo c Note P1 is reserved for Nat Route use Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check this box to enable that channel Only channel 3 to 8 can be set in this page for channel to 2 are reserved for NAT using P1 to P4 It means the LA
133. LAN a S Os a VLANO VLAN1 x bfe m N VLAN2 K k VLAN3 VLAN4 VLANS VLANG ee ee ek mN m mN pm ee m iN N pN N m mN N VLAN P4 SSID1 SSID2 SSID3 SSID4 m ee N m mN Wireless LAN w N ee N N mN im N m 1 Tag based LAN only applied for LAN Ports m 1 tr eee eee ek N Subnet LAR 1 LAN 2 w LAN a LAN 1 J N14 J gt N1 J N1 LAN 1 w Enable VID d mN pm mN m mN VLAN Tag F E 2 OOOO c e E e c fe e le 5 Inthe page of LAN gt gt General Setup check the Status box of LAN2 and LAN3 and enable the function of DHCP LAN gt General Setup General Setup Index LAM 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 IP Pouted Subnet Inter LAN Routing Subnet LAN 1 LAN 2 Status y m d LI LAN F 1 DHCP w O W K IP Address 192 168 1 1 192 168 2 1 EE a LEa sty l 192 168 4 1 192 168 0 1 LAN 2 Details Page Details Page Details Page Details Page Details Page LAN 3 LAN After finishing the above configuration the equipment connecting to Vigor2920 LAN Port can get the corresponding IP address of the network segment The equipment connecting to Vigor2920 LAN Port 1 LAN1 can get the IP address of 192 168 1 0 24 The equipment connecting to Vigor2920 LAN Port 2 LAN2 can get the IP address of 192 168 2 0 24 The equipment connecting to Vigor2920 LAN Port 3 and Port 4 LAN3 can
134. Map For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Enable Match Prefix Mode OP Number Min Len roe Route ami aan 1 03 Replace 8863 17 9 I PSTN_ Down 2 B86 Strip 686 5 10 VoIPi UP Down cH al UP Down 2 UP Down fo a UP Down at E UP Down is O UP Down 19 E UP Down 20 C UP Note F The length for Min Len and Max Len fields should be between O 25 2 Wildcard is supported Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check it to enable this entry Match Prefix The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number Mode None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with 886 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above pictu
135. N Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 24 Dray Tek Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP O e 2 Click DHCP as the Internet Access Type Then click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard DHCP Client Mode WAN 1 If your ISP requires you to enter a specific host name or specific MAC address please enter it in Host Name vigor optional MAC oo s0 F cc fE 161 optional Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Host Name Type the name of the host MAC Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to enter the MAC address Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into th e next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Dray Tek 25 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WARK Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access DHCP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick St
136. N port 1 to 4 Check the box to designate the LAN port for channel 3 to 8 Click Clear to remove all the configurations in this page if you do not satisfy it When you finish the configuration please click OK to save and exit this page Dray Te k 121 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP 4 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addre In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the publ
137. O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 244 Dray Te k 4 10 7 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 32 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default Index User Active Status Index User Active Status 1 d 17 C a 2 d 18 C see 3 d 19 C ae 4 27 L 20 C 5 ape d 21 C _ 6 C 22 777 F mer i CI 23 777 C 8 O 24 Oo 9 d 25 27 c was 10 O 26 C ae 11 2 d 27 Cl a 12 LI 28 F pi 13 rae d 29 7 O 14 C 30 C pa 15 d 31 C ae 16 a dl a 32 777 oO a Each item will be explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Inde
138. P Address Barring Type Setto Factory Default Barring Number fURL URI Route Schedule Status Each item is explained as follows Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 274 Dray Tek Item Index Call Direction Barring Type Barring Number URL URI Route Schedule Status Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Description Display the number link that you can click for configuration Display the direction IN OUT or IN amp OUT for the phone call Display the type of the VoIP phone call Display the number URL or URI of this entry Display if all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism Display the schedule profiles applied to this entry Display such entry is enabled or not Block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts Block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address Simply click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Enable Call Direction Barring Type Specific URIZURL Route Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup IT sr Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Call Direction Barring Type Dray Tek Description Check it to enable this entry Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing cal
139. P Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host Interface It displays the representing number for different interface Refresh Click it to reload the page Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 344 Dr ay Tek 4 16 7 Data Flow Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Limit Session Enable Disable Default Max Sessions 100 Limitation List Index Start IP End IF Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Page Refresh Index IP Address TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action 1 197 166 1 10 CARRIE OCYCB251 T T 2 Block Current Peak Speed Current Peak Speed Current Peak WANT O 0 Auto O 0 Auto WAN 172 16 3 102 1 334 Auto 78a Auto WANS O 0 Auta O 0 Auto Total 1 334 Auto 7 788 Auto 56 260 Note 1 Click Block to prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session colu
140. P v Settings to be configured in User Mode will be less than settings in Admin Mode Only basic configuration settings will be available in User Mode Setting in User Mode can be configured as same as in Admin Mode 4 15 6 Login Customization When you want to access into the web configurator of Vigor router the system will ask you to offer username and password first At that moment the background of the web page is blank and no heading will be displayed on the Login window This page allows you to specify background message and the heading on the Login window if you have such requirement System Maintenance gt gt Login Customization Login Customization C Enable Login Description 8 char max Bulletin the maximum character length is 511 char lt hi gt lt b gt lt font color red gt Vigor lt font gt lt b gt lt hi gt lt p gt This is an example of Bulletin feature of Vigor Routers lt p gt lt p gt 1 John please pay your rent lt p gt lt p gt 2 Mary please collect your electricity bill in the mailbox lt p gt lt p gt 3 Josh could t manage to reach you but your parents were looking for you urgently lt p gt Examples of Welcome Message and Bulletin 1 lt b gt Message lt b gt 2 chi gt lt font color red Title lt font lt hl gt lt p gt Message lt p gt Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 328 Dray Tek Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check
141. PA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such 298 Dray Tek Item Description as 0x321253abcde WEP 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by 0x such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D Encryption Mode B4 Bit 126 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use 4 13 4 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights Wireless LAN gt Access Control Access Control Enable Mac Address Filter C SSID i C SSID 2 F SSID 3 F ssio 4 MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Apply SSID Client s MAC Address
142. PnP settings Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Dr ay Te k 223 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Address amp Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status PE Broadband gt gt Network Tasks a cu hinet E Create a new connection oe Disconnected Set up a home or small C_ WAN Miniport PPPOE office network General Internet Gateway Status Connected Dial up Duration 00 19 06 MES A ii Speed 100 0 Mbps r ba Disconnected ay Network Troubleshooter a S DrayTek ISDN PPP or Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway wd a ya e Control Panel TE Ip Broadband Connection on ka i Rout 4 My Network Places said Packets 3 My Documents Sent 404 fad ig My Computer Recened 1 115 EBG _ LAN or High Speed Internet Local rea Connection Enabled aes Realtek RTL139 81
143. SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN ISDN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 268 Dray Tek Dray Tek Calling via SIP Servers First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below Alice Bob sip alicemdraytel com sip boba draytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dia
144. Security you will see the following message box Microsoft Internet Explorer Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN gt gt Security to choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode and access WPS again Below shows Wireless LAN gt gt WPS web page Wireless LAN gt gt WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Fl Enable WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Information WPS Status Configured SSID DrayTek Authentication Mode Disable Device Configure Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode Note WPS can help your wireless clent automatically connect to the Access point WPS is Disabled WPS is Enabled 1 Waiting for WPS requests from wireless clients Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable WPS Check this box to enable WPS setting Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 302 Dr ay Tek Item Description WPS Status Display related system information for WPS If the wireless security encryption function of the router is properly configured you can see Configured message here SSID Display the SSID1 of the router WPS is supported by SSID1 only Authentication Mode Display current authentication mode of the router Only WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK support WPS Configure via Push Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup Button procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress
145. Security Router CE 7A System Status Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor2920Vn Service Activation Wizard Firmware Version 3 6 0 Online Status Build Date Time Jun 8 2012 14 46 56 LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS LAN1 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 Firewall LAN2 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 User Management LAN3 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 Objects Setting LAN4 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 4 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 CSM IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 Bandwidth Management Applications Wireless LAN VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID VolP 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 FCC 2 3 2 0 DrayTek Wireless LAN USB Application WAN System Maintenance Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Diagnostics 2 Connected 00 50 7F E2 BS 95 Static IP 172 16 3 132 res l B External Devices Disconnected 00 50 7F E2 B5 96 ae ae mii Disconnected 00 50 7F E2 85 97 USB Ha maa IPv6 Product Reaistration Address Scope Internet Access Mode LAN FE80 250 7FFF FEE2 B594 64 Link 4 1 WAN Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Proto
146. Series User s Guide DHCPv6 Client Choose DHCPV6 Client Click one of the identity associations and type the IAID number WAN gt Internet Access WAN PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IPv Internet Access Mode Connection Type DHCPv6 Client DHCP v6 Client Configuration Identity Association Prefix Delegation Non temporary Address IAID Identity Association ID 3636 OK Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful the physical connection will be shows as follows Online Status Physical Connection IPv4 IPv6 System Uptime 0 21 38 LAN Status IP Address 2001 8010 7300 701 250 7FFF FEEA 7EEO 64 Global FE8O 250 7FFF FEEA 7EE0 64 Link TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 32 ili 3176 15656 WAN IPv6 Status gt Drop PPP Enable Up Time Yes DHCP v6 Client 0 00 28 IP Gateway IP FESO 90 1400 242 4D52 2001 8000 168 1 001 8000 168 2 TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes Fi 3 544 506 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 42 Dr ay Te k Static IPv6 Choose Static IPv6 Type IPv6 address Prefix Length and Gateway Address WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PPTP L2TP IP v6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type Static IPv6 Address configuratiion IPv6 Address FESO 250 TFFF FEEA TEF2 64 Static IPv6 Gateway configuratiion IPv Gateway Address Click OK
147. TCP IP Network Settings Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Enable PSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec Check this box to verify data and transmit data in encryption with GRE over IPSec packet after configuring IPSec Dial Out setting Both ends must match for each other by setting same virtual IP address for communication Logical Traffic Such technique comes from RFC2890 Define logical traffic for data transmission between both sides of VPN tunnel by using the characteristic of GRE Even hacker can decipher IPSec encryption he she still cannot ask LAN site to do data transmission with any information Such function can ensure the data transmitted on VPN tunnel is really sent out from both sides This is an optional function However if one side wants to use it the peer must enable it too My GRE IP Type the virtual IP for router itself for verified by peer Peer GRE IP Type the virtual IP of peer host for verified by router My WAN IP This field is only applicable when you sel
148. TP server USB storage disk Be aware that users cannot access into USB storage disk in anonymity Later you can open FTP client software and type the username specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Note Admin could not be typed here as username for the word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router only Also it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage Note FTP Passive mode is not supported by Vigor Router Please disable the mode on the FTP client Password Type the password for FTP Samba users for accessing FTP server Later you can open FTP client software and type the password specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Confirm Password Type the password again to make confirmation Home Folder It determines the folder for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB storage disk In addition if the user types here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB storage disk Note When write protect status for the USB storage disk is Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 316 Dray Te k Item Description ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case You can click to open the following dialog to add any new folder which can be specified as the Home Folder e http 192_ 168_1_5 doc ft
149. User s Guide 356 Dr ay Te k 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports thie capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Use the folowing ONS server addresses ar ees For Mac OS 1 Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4 aa Network Aae a Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies IP Address 5 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now Dray Te k 357 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to u
150. View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table DHCP v6 IP Assignment Table Refresh LANI 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 DHCP server On Index IP Address MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID 1927 168 1 10 EO CB 4E D4 48 75 10 10 54 970 carrie OcTeb251 192 168 1 1 00 1D 44 00 00 00 Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table DHCP v6 IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCPyY6 server binding client Index IP76 Address MAC Address Leased Time Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Dray Te k 343 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 16 6 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table NAT Active Sessions Table Refresh 194 166 1 24 9 93 169 192 166 1 207 46 25 2 152 168 1 207 46 5 10 Each item is explained as follows Item Description Private IP Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT Peer I
151. WAN can support IPv6 5 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection When you have trouble in using 3G network transmission please check the following Check if USB LED lights on or off You have to wait about 15 seconds after inserting 3G USB Modem into your Vigor2920 Later the USB LED will light on which means the installation of USB Modem is successful If the USB LED does not light on please remove and reinsert the modem again If it still fails restart Vigor2920 USB LED lights on but the network connection does not work Check the PIN Code of SIM card is disabled or not Please use the utility of 3G USB Modem to disable PIN code and try again If it still fails it might be the compliance problem of system Please open DrayTek Syslog Tool to capture the connection information WAN Log and send the page similar to the following graphic to the service center of DrayTek Dray Te k 359 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide fi DimyTek Syslog Controis 192 68 1 1 e WAN Status HE gt gt l 3 Getway IP Static TX Packets FX Rate e T T LAN Statue Tx Packets RX Packets WAN IP Static RX Packets Te Rate 6442 ea 0 Five Wall Log VEN Log User Access Log CallLog WAN Log Network Infomation Net State Tore Host Messner Apr 12 00 17 49 Vigor WANI PRPoE lt Protocol LCPiet21 waa IdenbierOs03 ACM Oba Auth Apr 1209 17 49 Fagor 20 JModem sina 2000 00 00 OO 02 O00 Apr 12 09 17 49 WANZ F
152. WINDO WS isystem32 cmd exe jol x y from 2001 2090 Jeff febl 44d from 2001 200 sSeff febl 44d 32 Te from 2001 200 febl 44d time WLS y from 2001 200 febl 44d7 time 617me Ping g fl6 3eff febl 44d Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost 0 0 logs Approximate round trip times in milli secends Minimum 61 me Maximum 743me Average 652me After getting the above message it means the IPv6 service has been activated successfully 45 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Connect to the website for IPv6 Open a web browser and type an URL of IPv6 e g www kame net If your computer accesses into the website by using IPv6 address you may see a turtle dancing on the screen If not only a steady turtle will be seen E The KAME project Windows Internet Explorer mex g 4 Uhttpivewy kame net Raikes s Google e HAE RE WAO MRED ILAMI 84H KH Search p F Go de T sip ale e The KAME project P a B ih e AE GIO BE The KAME project 1998 4 2006 3 Dancing kame by atelier momonga If you can see a turtle dancing on the screen that means IPv6 service is ready for you to access and utilize Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 46 Dray Tek 3 2 How to Send out SMS via Vigor Router Such vigor router supports the feature of SMS 1 Go to Application gt gt Short Messa
153. a Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing LELLO Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 152 Dray Te k Drop f j ad Dr p amp ral Fad Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate it
154. able syslog message Return Path Firewall Log O Authentication VPN Log User Name User Access Log Password Call Log Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log DoS Attack Router DSL information IM P2P After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 168 Dray Tek 4 5 User Management User Management is a security feature which disallows any IP traffic except DHCP related packets from a particular host until that host has correctly supplied a valid username and password Instead of managing with IP address MAC address User Management function manages hosts with user account Network administrator can give different firewall policies or rules for different hosts with different User Management accounts This is more flexible and convenient for network management Not only offering the basic checking for Internet access User Management also provides additional firewall rules e g CSM checking for protecting hosts Lisa s notebook WLAN _User_Group_A Password wugi23 Allen s PC be Tom s PC me lt lt D David s notebook _ lt WLAN User_Group_B LAN_User_Group_1 Password wug456 Password lug123 Diana s PC Not controlled by user Management LAN User Group 2 Password lug456 rr Note Filter rules configured under Firewall usually are applied to the host the one that the router installed only With user management the rules can be applied to ev
155. ady for use n The data is transmitting CSM On The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu WCF The Web Content Filter is active It is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup WAN1 2 The WAN1 or WAN2 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data DoS The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while an attack is detected VPN On The VPN tunnel is active i D The QoS function is active Qos LED on Connector Left LED The port is connected WANI Green Off The port is disconnected Blinking The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps Green The port is connected with 10Mbps when left LED is On Right LED Left LED The port is connected WAN2 Giga Green Blinking The data is transmitting On Off On Off The port is disconnected On Off On Off On Of Right LED O The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green La The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Left LED On The port is connected GigaLAN Green Off The port is disconnected L 2 3 4 The data is transmitting Right LED O The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green f The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 2 Dray Te k r2920 M Security Router LET TICICI
156. al IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 20 port ranges for diverse services Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 146 Dray Tek NAT gt Open Ports gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports WAR Interface WAMI 9 Local Computer 197 166 1 10 Choose PC End Part Protocol Start Port End Port 4700 6 4700 Protocol 4500 LUPE UEP i AOON UOUN Available settings are explained as follows a A Item Description Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry Comment Make a name for the defined network application service WAN Interface Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry Local Computer Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host End Port Specify the ending port number of th
157. al In Users Dial In PPP When DHCP Disable set a PAP or CHAP l Authentication Assigned IP start LAN 1 192 168 1 200 Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MEPE LAN 2 192 168 2200 Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No LAN 3 132 168 3 200 For using PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Dray Tek 7 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF Moes Mapes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in L Always on C Enable this profile Idle Timeout second s VPN Dial Out Through WANT First C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block Vigor2920 Seri
158. ame DiffServ Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type Active Any Any ANY ANY 7 Click Setup link for WAN Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default UDP Index Status Bandwidth Direction elas Etats Others Bandwidth eine 1 2 J statistics Control WAT Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status WAN Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 2556 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Service Type Class 1 Class 2 Edit Class 3 Dray Tek 77 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 8 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WANT General Setup Enable the Qo3 Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio E mail 25 lee HTTPS 25 w 25 h f Enable UDF Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize 9 If the worker has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserved bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel Internet VPN Tunnel Private Network aii 192 168 1 0 t a m 10 Cl
159. an only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three IPs subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router Management Port Setup User Defined Ports Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet HTTP and FTP servers Default Ports Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers SNMP Setup Enable SNMP Agent Check it to enable this function Get Community Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public Set Community Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds Dray Te k 335 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 15 11 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration
160. applying Load Balance Policy Auto Select Auto Select Such item is available only when Rule Based is selected in User Management gt gt General Setup The general firewall rule will be applied to the user user group all users specified here User Object Create New User User Group Create Mew Group ALL Note When there is no user profile or group profile existed Create New User or Create New Group item will appear for you to click to create a new one Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to selelct please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content
161. arated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 292 Dray Tek the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and
162. art Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet 2 3 2 For WAN3 To use 3G USB modem for network connection please choose WANS 1 Choose WANI WAN2 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface WANS Physical Mode USB Physical Type Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 26 Dray Tek 2 Then click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAR Interface WANS Physical Made USB Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router 3 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK H 4 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet 2 4 Service Activation Wizard Service Activation Wizard can guide you to activate WCF service Web Content Filter with a quick and easy way Note Web Content Filter WCF is not a built in service of Vigor router but a service powered by Commtouch If you want to use such service trial or formal edition you have to perform the procedure of activation first For the service of formal e
163. ase set 1000kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps WAN Outbound It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for Bandwidth WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Reserved Bandwidth It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of Ratio reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Enable UDP Bandwidth Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right Control field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 212 Dray Te k Item Description bandwidth Outbound TCP ACK The difference in bandwidth between download and upload are Prioritize great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic Limited_bandwidth The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP Ratio application Edit the Class Rule for QoS 1 The first three Class 1 to Class 3
164. ation of LED status please refer to section 1 1 Power Switch Power Adapter O USS WANI VPN Dray Tek Y22222 T WCF Dos Factory sat M WAN QoS GigaLAN gt 1 Cable DSL Modem p A A O or Media Converter LAN Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 8 Dray Tek 1 4 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE Vista please visit www DrayTek com Internet Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients l 2 3 Dray Tek Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes 44 Documents k B Control Panel E Network Connections Printers and Faxes Taskbar and Start Menu Settings Search Help and Support Run Log OFF coco lee Turn OFF Computer Start a c iG 4 Internet Explorer Mad Open File gt Add Printer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next 9 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections e If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects LD through a USB port for any other hot pl
165. auatansadnadeet 304 AAA ANNC E O e Ea E E E E ee E E 308 4 13 8 WMM COMMOUIATION ssssianenisiin erana iaaa a AE aAa aeaa 309 eI AIS COV CIN arana N A 310 7 FG OTE Saa l c ee ee E eee eee T eee eee 312 41311 Wep Ponal erreren eR EE E ESENS 313 A T4 USB AOI COW ossis aeaa Ea TE ES a E aE Ei 314 4141 USB General Semin cenis a E aa aa e a 314 4142 USB Us r Management sescent Ei 315 AAG 3 Ire EPO O oeae E E 317 Alat USB DEK aE a e a E E ecesyaseeoteseaaeent 318 MES SIO EO ee a EOE E O E E E 319 Dray Te K vii Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 15 System Maintenance ccccccssseseecccceeeceeeseeeceeeeeceeeeeseeeeeesseeeueeeeeeeessuaesseeeeeeeesssaaseeeeeeeeees 321 Me OVSE alU anna see tyes ae ute pcos E E E E esac ake 321 A NO TE TES Encryption SetiD s i ogien simin aa aa a i T E aD ES iE 323 ATS R OG e E E EE 324 4 15 4 Administrator Password osiuicisesiisteassaistavensuncduaoeusySuctseuisindasareanesviebeussenssawnvesdsnemandeeasa 325 A15 User PASSWO Gace ssetncSersette ci ereesatin ce oivaetos seesetiad esse eeeanibctoeesacioneeattneentseeneuaednoaeeansemeceneaes 326 Bl OOM GUSTO le AO IW aia E A EEA 328 4 19 4 Configuration BACKUP scesa anian aa ae aaa ai AEEA Aa aa aAa 329 415 8 Syslog Mail AIET kaimanai aaiae RE aT E 331 Vg NS ANG E e PEE E P E A EE E A E ET A EE OE E 333 4 13 10 VV AC ING Ue senenn a EE E R RAA E ia REA 334 4 1511 Reboot Syste ecne E EOE EEEIEE ER 336 4 15 12 Firmware Upgrade cccccssccccccsssseceecee
166. auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 Default 5 2 G 3 i Or Click System Maintenance gt gt Activation to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Status Not Activated Authentication Message Activated Wiz 00 04 55 Authenticate is continuously connect to the server 2000 01 01 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 86 Dray Tek 2 Click the Activate link A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code AYI GXZ lf you cannot read the word click here Forget password Don t have a MyViger Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 856 3 597 2727 of email to webmastenadraytek com 3 Click the link of Create an account now 4 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile ELaaeement COLLELL My igor Agreement LLLE _ gt Gerson al Information Draytek provides MyYVigor my vigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyYigor service it means that you have read understan
167. by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection Site to Site VPN LAN to LAN Site to Site PN LAN to LAN Remote Dial in User Teleworker This item is available when you choose Site to Site VPN LAN to LAN as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set 235 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Please choose a Dial in User Accounts Allowed Dial in Type WO 00 Om oA ee Ge a o Index Status a Name vA 7a fac vf faa vid fares vr fare vi ved vi faa vid vr fares vf faa vr vid vi TPT TPT vf vi fare vi fares fate hl This item is available when you choose Remote Dial in User Teleworker as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN tunnels for users to set This item is available after you choose any one of dial in user account profiles Next you have to select suitable dial in type for the VPN server profile There are several types provided here similar to VPN Client Wizard PPTP IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy None Mice to Have lust Different Dial in Type will lead to different configuration page 1 Here we take the example of choosing Remote Dial in User as the VPN Server Mode 2 Check the Allowed Dial in Type for the VPN server profile 3 After making the choices for the server profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection d
168. c VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client PPTP None Encryption Settings Profile Name VPN Dial Out Through CO Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Username Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask 192 168 1 6 255 255 255 0 When you choose IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client IPSec Settings Profile Name YPN Dial Qut Through O Always on Server IPrHost Name for PM e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 1 509 Feer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Remote Network IP Pemote Network Mask Dray Tek a ve Cancel WANI First v 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 ll Cancel Vigor2920 Series User s Guide When you choose L2TP you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP Settings Profile Name VPN Dial Qut Through WAN First L Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN fe g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 draytek com Username marketing Password Remote Network IP 192 168 1 6 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Cancel When you choose L2TP over IPSec Nice to Have or L2TP over IPSec Must you will see the f
169. capability of IPv4 and IPv6 Tunnel Both IPv6 hosts can communication for each other via existing IPv4 network environment The IPv6 packets will be encapsulated with the header of IPv4 first Later the packets will be transformed and judged by IPv4 router Once the packets arrive the border between IPv4 and IPv6 the header of IPv4 on the packets will be removed Then the packets with IPv6 address will be forwarded to the destination of IPv6 network Translation Such feature is active only for the user who uses IPv4 to communicate with other user using IPv4 service Before configuring the settings on Vigor2920 you need to know which connection type that your IPv6 service used Note For the IPv6 service you have to configure WAN LAN settings before using the service Below shows the menu items for WAN 4 1 2 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WAN1 WAN2 and WAN3 in details This router supports multiple WAN function It allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the multiple WAN to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port can connect to different ISPs even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as Cable modem If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for p
170. cation Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup is shown as below IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds 253 Vigor2920 Serie
171. ccessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action Block Block Group Object Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be 199 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list 1s the more efficiently the Vigor router performs gt Group Object Edit Windows Internet Explorer E http 192 168 1 1docicfkwgob htn Object Group Edit Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None v or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None v or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object None v or Keyword Group None l or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None B or Keyword Group None v or Keyword Grou
172. ckup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful 4 15 8 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments System Maintenance gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup LJ Enable J Enable Syslog Server USB Disk Router Name dC MT E Server IP Address Ld Return Path t C izC Destination Port 514 Authentication Enable syslog message ae ee tc CizC VPN Log Enable E Mail Alert User Access Log DoS Attack Call Log IM P2P WAN Log Router DSL information AlertLog Setup Enable AlertLog Port 514 Available parameters are explained as follows Item Description SysLog Access Setup Enable Check Enable to activate function of syslog Syslog Save to Check Syslog Server to save the log to Dray Tek 331 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Router Name Server IP Address Destination Port Enable syslog message AlertLog Setup Mail Alert Setup Send a test e mail SMTP Server Mail To Return Path Authentication Enable E mail Alert Description Syslog server Check USB Disk to
173. class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction Class Class Class Others aii One 1 2 3 Control Statistics WAN Enable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN3 Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit Enable the First Prioroty for VoIP SIP RTP SIP UDP Port 9060 Default 5060 2 After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test is used as the name of Class Index 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name Tag packets as Default v DiffServ CodePoint 1 Empty z z z NO Status Local Address Remote Address Service Type Dray Tek 213 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 3 For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit C act Ethernet Type Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint Service Type IPv4 OPv6 yd yd Predefined Note Please choose setup the Service Type first Available settings ar
174. client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option Yigor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility General Setting Auto launch when Windows start up Advance Setting Disable Radio Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Remember mini status position C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 802 1 1b ghn 24GH v C Set mini status always on top Frequency C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel C Group Roaming EREE Power Save Mode Tx Burst WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Tx Burst izable Enable Note means the real transmission rate depends on the 295 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description environment of the network Rate Control It controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Upload Check Enable and type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 30 000 kbps Download Type the transmitting rate for data download Default value is 30 000 kbps Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 296 Dray Tek
175. col IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges Dray Tek 95 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresse
176. cond s Allowed Dial In Type IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key e IPSec Tunnel C Digital Signature x 509 C L2TP with IPSec Policy CO Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number IPSec Security Method High ESP DES v 3DES v AES or Peer D O me Local ID foptional fe Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block op x Settings in the remote host l 3 Dray Tek For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary software to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www DrayTek com download center Install as instructed After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host M Smart FPN Client 3 2 2 WinXP BEIR Step 0 This step will add the ProhibitlpSec registry value to computer in order to configure a LATP IPSec connection using a pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more information please read the article O 40262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Configure l Step 1 Dial to ISP IF vou hawe already gotten a public IP you can skip this step Step 2 Connect to YPN Server Insert Remove Status Mo connection PPTP ISP amp VPN amp In Step 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add
177. cted file to the USB storage disk The uploaded file in the USB storage disk can be shared for other user through FTP 4 14 4 USB Disk Status This page is to monitor the status for the users who accessing into FTP or Samba server USB storage disk via the Vigor router If you want to remove the storage disk from USB port in router please click Disconnect USB Disk first And then remove the USB storage disk later USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status No Disk Connected Disk Capacity 0 MB Free Capacity OMB Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Retresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it Each item is explained as follows Item Description Connection Status If there is no USB storage disk connected to Vigor router No Disk Connected will be shown here Disk Capacity Display the total capacity of the USB storage disk Free Capacity Display the free space of the USB storage disk Click Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity Index Display the number of the client which connecting to FTP server IP Address Display the IP address of the user s host which connecting to the FTP server Username Display the username that user uses to login to the FTP server When you insert USB storage disk into the Vigor router the sys
178. cts to the router correctly Q Notice You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically i from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of the guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The following window will be open to ask for username and password Username Password 3 Please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login Q Notice If you fail to access to the web configuration please go to Trouble Shooting for detecting and solving your problem 4 The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition The default setting is Auto Logout which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes without any operation Change the setting for your necessity Dray Tek 15 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 2 2 Changing Password Please change the password for the original security of the router l 4 Now the Main Screen will appear Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password Please type admin admin as Username Password for accessing into the web configurator with admin mode Vigor2 920 Series Dual WAN Security Router CE RG Quick Start Wizard S
179. cumulation for the times of out call Miss Calls Accumulation for the times of missing call Speaker Gain The volume of present call Log Display logs of VoIP calls 4 13 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models only 4 13 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of netwo
180. cy profiles for IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Protocol Misc application This page allows you to set 32 profiles for different requirements The APP Enforcement Profile will be applied in Default Rule of Firewall gt gt General Setup for filtering CSM gt SAPP Enforcement Profile APP Enforcement Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Hame Profile Hame 17 FEERBREBPrPRe PP eePee SFEBEBARBPEEPBRBEEEE Each item is explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Name Display the name of the APP Enforcement Profile Click the number under Index column for settings in detail There are four tabs IM P2P Protocol and Misc displayed on this page Each tab will bring out different items that you can choose to disallow people using Below shows the items which are categorized under IM Dray Tek 193 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name ee IM P P Protocol Misc Select All Clear All Advanced Management Activity Application MSN YahooIM AIM lt v5 95 ICQ Login E d L d Message d d ad O File Transfer d d L L Game d LJ CI d Conference Video Yoice C F L Fi Other Activities F Fi C IM Application VoIP O AIM6 LJac Tm CliChat Cl Jabber GoogleT alk C Googlechat O Fire C GaduGadu C Paltalk L skype Ll Kubao
181. d in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here 3 http 192_168_1_1 docfipfedrady htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute DrayTek Banner Strict Security Checking CI APP Enforcement Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will
182. d and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the items without any reasons tt is E Preterences suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use My Vvigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service t means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement please stop using MyVigor service completion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service be DUL BOT Lae AL UCOLLCEL G ake information here Dra mmi DS PATI AG PAUSE OLLE ETT Wale Mi have read and understand the above Agreement Use the scroll barto view the entire agreement Dray Tek 87 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 5 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile Fiekis marked by are required Account Information GaAareement UserName Mary 3 20 characters Check Account Password Iowa aves i Ce 4 20 chatacters Do not set the same as the username Confirm Password ccoo Personal Information E Preterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Compa
183. d like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using E WAH IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool v2 lear Y Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In 107 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for PPTP L2TP in WAN1 WAN2 To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing pr
184. d through WAN port In addition such function is available in NAT mode Enable IGMP Snooping Check this box to enable this function Multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 P1 to P4 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 225 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 9 6 Wake on LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake on LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac address YY YL Result J Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Wake by Two types provide for you to wake up the bind
185. dition please contact with your dealer for detailed information Service Activation Wizard is a tool which allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server MyVigor located on http myvigor draytek com For using Web Content Filter Profile please refer to later section Web Content Filter Profile for detailed information Now follow the steps listed below to activate WCF feature for your router 1 Open Service Activation Wizard Quick Start Wizard C Service Activation Wizard gt FF Ltt CO ftotuc Dray Tek 27 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 2 The screen of Service Activation Wizard will be shown as follows Choose the one you need and click Next In this case we choose to activate free trial edition Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Free trial edition it offers a period of trial for you to get acquainted with WCF function Formal edition with license key it offers a period of valid time e g one year for WCF function Note If you activate Formal edition with license key first the free trial edition will be invalid 3 Inthe following page you can activate the Web content filter services at the same time or individually When you finish the selection please click Next Service Activation Wizard Se
186. dle Timeout mings O Unlimited Max User Login Doo 0 Unlimited External Server Authentication Pop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Wab Alert Tool Telnet Landing Page Enable Time Quota D mingsy _Reftesh J Add J morei mincs Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Ed an 7 Dray Te k 171 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable this account User Name Password Confirm Password Idle Timeout Max User Login Policy Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Check this box to enable such user profile Type a name for such user profile e g LAN_User_Group_1l WLAN_User_Group_A WLAN_User_Group_B etc When a user tries to access Internet through this router an authentication step must be performed first The user has to type the User Name specified here to pass the authentication When the user passes the authentication he she can access Internet via this router However the accessing operation will be restricted with the conditions configured in this user profile Type a password for such profile e g lug123 wug123 wug456 etc When a user tries to access Internet through this router an authentication step must be performed first The user has to type the password specified here to pass the authentication When the user passes the authentication he she can access Internet via this router with the limitation configured in this user profile Type the pas
187. dress typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List Edit It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before Delete You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Delete The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed 4 2 6 LAN Port Mirror LAN port mirror can be applied for the users in LAN Generally speaking this function copies traffic from one or more specific ports to a target port This mechanism helps manager track the network errors or abnormal packets transmission without interrupting the flow of data access the network By the way user can apply this function to monitor all traffics which user needs to check There are some advantages supported in this feature First it is more economical without other detecting equipments to be set up Second it may be able to view traffic on one or more ports within a VLAN at the same time Third it can transfer all data traffics to be mirrored to one analyzer connect to the mirroring port Last it is more convenient and easy to configure in user s interface Dr ay Te k 137 Vigor2920 Series Use
188. dth Control Display the UDP bandwidth control is enabled or not Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference Setup Allow to configure general QoS setting for WAN interface Index Display the class number that you can edit Name Display the name of the class Rule Allow to configure detailed settings for the selected Class Service Type Allow to configure detailed settings for the 210 Dray Tek Item Description service type Enable the First Priority When this feature 1s enabled the VoIP SIP UDP packets will for VoIP SIP RTP be sent with highest priority SIP UDP Port Seta port number used for SIP This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference This feature is available only when the Quality of Service for WAN interface is enabled Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN Online Statistics Pefresh Interval seconds Refresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec 1 OT 25 0 2 OWT 2595 0
189. e Time Message Dray Tek Description Check this box to enable the function of Web Syslog Use the drop down list to specify a type of Syslog to be displayed User w There are two modes for you to choose otop record when fulls Stoo record when fulls Always record the new event Stop record when fulls when the capacity of syslog is full the system will stop recording Always record the new event only the newest events will be recorded by the system Display the time of the event occurred Display the information for each event 351 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide For USB Syslog This page displays the syslog recorded on the USB storage disk USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog Folder n a File n a Page n a Log Type n a Time Log Type Message Available parameters are explained as follows Item Description Time Display the time of the event occurred Log Type Display the type of the record Message Display the information for each event 4 16 12 TSPC Status IPv6 TSPC status web page could help you to diagnose the connection status of TSPC If TSPC has configured properly the router will display the following page when the user connects to tunnel broker successfully Diagnostics gt gt TSPC Status WAN WANZ2 WANS Refresh TSPC Enabled TSPC Connection Status Local Endpoint v4 Address 1 169 155 1386 Local Endpoint v6 Address 2001 0
190. e Application YES Ethernet Si 00 00 00 Management IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps aas 0 0 0 0 WAN 6 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Application Yes Ethernet me 00 00 00 Management IP GW IP TX Fackets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 0 D 0 D WAN 7 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Application Tes Ethernet 00 00 00 Management IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps ae miner 0 0 0 0 2 6 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button Dray Tek 33 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 2 Registering Vigor Router You have finished the configuration of Quick Start Wizard and you can surf the Internet at any time Now it is the time to register your Vigor router to MyVigor website for getting more service Please follow the steps below to finish the router registration 1 Please login the web configuration interface of Vigor router by typing admin admin as User Name Password ri Username Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dr ay Te k 2 Click Support Area gt gt Production Registration from the home page Product Registration All Rights Reserved 3 A Login page will be sh
191. e IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination port start for the destination IP Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed through the WAN interface After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 1 5 Multi VLAN This router allows you to create multi VLAN for different purposes of data transferring Simply go to WAN and select Multi VLAN General The system allows you to set up to eight channels for multi VLAN WAN gt Multi VLAN General Channel Enable 1 LI 2 LI zi LI 4 d 5 LJ 6 LI 7 E B LI ieii Bridge Add Tag Priority Note 1 Tag value must be set between 1 4095 and unique for each channel 2 Only one channel can be untagged equal to 0t at a time 3 Channel 1 and channel 2 are reserved for NAT Route application 4 Channel 5 to channel 8 can be used for Router borne application Available settings are explained as follows Item Channel
192. e SIP message for building a session The management pages for IPv4 and IPv6 protocols are different For IPv4 System Maintenance gt gt Management IPv4 Management Setup IPvo Management Setup Pater Nane o Management Port Setup Management Access Control User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default 234 O Allow management from the Internet HTTP Port Default 80 FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Talnet Server SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List List IP HTTPS Port Default 443 FTP Port Default 21 SSH Port Default 22 SNMP Setup C Enable SNMP Agent Subnet Mask Set Community private a Manager Hostie el Trap Community pubie c Notification Hostie i Trap Timeout ho seconds Available parameters are explained as follows Item Router Name Management Access Control Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Type in the router name provided by ISP Allow management from the Internet Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to 334 Dray Tek Item Description specify Disable PING from the Internet Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default Access List You could specify that the system administrator c
193. e SSID of the router WAN Link Status Display current connection status MAC Address Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Connection Display the connection type IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway VoIP Profile Display the VoIP profile for the phone port In Out Display the number of incoming outgoing phone call Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 322 Dray Tek 4 15 2 HTTPS Encryption Setup The encryption methods configured in this page would influence the access of HTTP web site and the encryption algorithm used by SSL Tunnel System Maintenance gt gt HTTPS Encryption Setup Encryption Key Algorithm OdHigh 4ES 128 bits and 3DES Default RC4 128 bits O Low DES Available parameters are explained as follows Item Description High Choose this option to have high security Default If you have no idea of this setting simply use the default setting as HTTPS encryption mode Low Choose this option to have high performance Dray Te k 323 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 15 3 TR 069 This device supports TR 069 standard It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a TR 069 device through an Auto Configuration Server e g VigorACS System Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server On ACS Server URL f Internet Username Password
194. e allows you to bind several user profiles into one group These groups will be used in Firewall gt gt General Setup as part of filter rules User Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name FFE REBEPP RP Pree pe ee es je e i Ce j u u SFEPBRBEREEBBEBEEBE Please click any index number link to open the following page Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 174 Dray Te k User Management gt gt User Group Profile Index 1 Available User Objects Selected User Objects Max 32 Objects j admin 2 System Reservation S LAN User Group 1 4 VVLAN User Group A S VVLAN User Group 6 Co Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this user group Available User Objects You can gather user profiles objects from User Profile page within one user group All the available user objects that you have created will be shown in this box Notice that user object Admin and Dial In User are factory settings User defined profiles will be numbered with 3 4 5 and so on a Click button to add the selected user objects in this box After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 5 4 User Online Status This page displays the user s connected to the router and refreshes the connection status in an interval of several seconds User Management gt gt User Online Status Current Time 10 27 06 24 50 Refresh Seconds Page Refres
195. e drop down list to specify an interface for this static route After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 134 Dray Te k 4 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage the in out rate of each port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable LAN PI P2 P3 VLANO rl Fi VLANI L Fj VLAN O CJ VLAN3 O CF g VLAN4 O CF O VLAN5S O CF g VLAN6G O O HO VLAN O CJ O Wireless LAN VLAN Tag P4 SSID1 SSIDZ SSIDS SSID4 Subnet Enable VID Priority o no fb oo 0 0 O0 o bp d a oO d o d o bo 0 o Oo OQ o bf Ooo 8 GG OQ o fb no a 0 Nik Hh fb no 0 0 Nik ODO bf Oo O O O O ILANI O booo 1 Tag based VLAN only applied for LAN Forts 2 The checked Wireless LAN SSID will not has VLAN tagging function but regarded as joining VLAN group 3 The set YLAN ID YID must be unique and not duplicate Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item VLAN Tag LAN Wireless LAN Subnet Description Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the LAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending b
196. e explained as follows Item ACT Ethernet Type Local Address Remote Address Edit DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Check this box to invoke these settings Please specify which protocol IPv4 or IPv6 will be used for this rule Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule It allows you to edit source address information 3 http 192_168_1_1 doc QosIpEdthtm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type Subnet Address M Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with QoS control It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one 214 Dray Tek Item Description that you
197. e for sharing files Vigor2920 series provides two level management to simplify the configuration of network connection The user mode allows user accessing into WEB interface via simple configuration However if users want to have advanced configurations they can access into WEB interface through admin mode 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ols Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings OSE Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item ce ce Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 4 for detailed explanation Dray Tek 1 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first 1 2 1 For Vigor2920 Dray Tek Y22222 ACT WCF DoS m m 2 4 4 Factory Reset CSM WAN2 Oo5 WANI WAN2 Giga USB j LED SIECLE Explanation ACT Activity Blinking The router is powered on and running normally Off The router is powered off USB O USB device is connected and re
198. e in Nickname for the router and choose the right registration date from the popup calendar it appears when you click on the box of Registration Date After adding the basic information for the router please click Submit Dray Tek Search GO D AboutUs My Product Search for this site Product po rr stration De O My Information Piegisirsios Device a VigorACs SI Serial number ILLOS Fal ii gt Vigor Series Nickname vigor2 920 Q Management Registration Date f 08 24 2011 Product Usage Selet Registration i n Product Rating Seled Your opinion s AOPEN Survey g Your opinion so far No ol Employees Select in total within your company Supplier Where you bought it from Date of Purchase mmrdd yyyy Internet Connection O Cable O ADSL O VOSL O Fiber O 3G O WiMAX O LTE Dray Tek 35 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 6 When the following page appears your router information has been added to the database Click OK to leave this web page and return to My Information web page Your device has been successfully added to the database 7 Take a look at the page of My Information the new added Vigor rotuer is listed under Your Device List Dray Tek 5 ay Seer en son ve Welcome drayiekiac O Product Last Login Time 2011 08 24 09 39 13 Last Login From 123 110 144 220 Y My Information Current Login Time 2011 08 24
199. e service offered by the local host After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 3 4 Address Mapping This page is used to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias If you have a group of IP Addresses and want to apply to the router please use WAN IP alias function to record these IPs first Then use address mapping function to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias For example you have IP addresses ranging from 86 123 123 1 86 123 123 8 However your router uses 86 123 123 1 and the rest of the IPs are recorded in WAN IP alias You want that private IP 192 168 1 10 can use 86 123 123 2 as source IP when it sends packet out to Dr ay Tek 147 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Internet You can use address mapping function to achieve this demand Simply type 192 168 1 10 as the Private IP and type 86 123 123 2 as the WAN IP NAT gt Address Mapping Address Mapping Setup Index Protocol ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL Frererrrrreree Setto Factory Default Public IP Private IP Mask Status Ez a2 x 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 n E Fe HF FH HF HK K Available settings are explained as follows Item Index Protocol Public IP Private IP Mask Status Description Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to configure You should click the approp
200. ecdstsievenwsncedlecheadstacdsuesvestdesss 175 46 ODECE OENGO senas een ee ene ne een ee een nee eee eee 177 AN INP ODE sic ects edo ne cae vce ieee dosages esdaaeaeasatescintetiece eaataded E 177 E2 TP 60 eee en ee eee ee ee 179 A623 IPV ODOC nesiima denenin a ENE e e AEEA EEEa E aa eN sales Eaei 181 46 4 IPv6 GroUD eee ee ne nn een ee ee ia eee 183 4 6 5 Service Type ODJeCt cccccccccceseseccceeccceeeseeeceeeeeeseaeeceeeeeeeeseeueeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeeeesssaaaeeeeees 184 4 6 6 Service Type Group cccccccesseeecceeescccesseeeeeeesccccaseenceecesscccsseeteeeeescsceeseeeeeesssccesseeeees 186 AOT Keyword 0 6 amar ee een een me eens ee nee ene a ee een ree 188 408 Keyword GOUD ss sesccdiesnasecadelsamnnd ontoceivau ansbenncnsndsansuboeceie Ea Ra EEA EEE 189 4 6 9 File Extension ODEC aenea eea aE E e ERAN EAEE Ea 190 A O NEPO aE en ee E E E E E 192 4 7 1 APP Enforcement Profile cccccccccccseeeceeeeeceeeeceeeeeseceeseseesseueesausessaeeesseeeseneessaaees 193 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide vi Dray Te k 4 7 2 URL Content Filter Profile 0 cece cece cccccccccecccceccccececeecececcucuecececececauaeceuaecueaecesscaenes 196 4 7 3 Web Content Filter Profile ccccccccseeeccceeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesseeeseeeeeseessaeeseeseeeees 201 4 8 Bandwidth Management ccccsseececceeeeeecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeueeesseseeeeseaeeeessaseeeseaeeeessaneessaeesensaass 204 AN SSS ONS UI e E E 204 Ao BrO E sep
201. ect PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Remote Gateway IP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode Local Network IP Local Network Mask Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to Local Network IP Address Local 256 Dray Tek Item Description Network Mask through the VPN connection More Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router http f192_168 1 1
202. ect one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host Ano EJER 130 168 10 130 168 1 18 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting DMZ Host Setup WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN 2 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP i 172 16 3 102 192 168 1 10 2 o 172 16 3 200 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Tek 145 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status 1 H a 4 i a H 6 H H g 4 g H 10 H lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Each item is explained as follows Item Description Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service Loc
203. ed IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address MSIE Ye MAC Address IF Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the bound PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP Wake by MAC Address v IP Address MAC Address l l l l lj Wake Up Result Send command to client done Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 226 Dray Te k 4 9 7 Short Message Service The function of Short Message Service is that Vigor router sends a message to user s mobile through specified service provider to assist the user knowing the real time abnormal situations Vigor router allows you to set up to 8 SMS profiles which will be sent out according to different conditions Application gt gt Short Message Service Short Message Service Portile Index gt ee a i fee I Profile Name Setto Factory Default Service Provider Destination Number Status
204. ed Keyword Objects Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in this box After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 6 9 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Profile 1 with name of default is the default profile some files with the file extensions specified in this profile will be ignored and not be scanned by Vigor router Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 5 2 6 J 4 8 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this profile Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 190 Dray Tek Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Objects Setting gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Profile Name fo Categories File Extensions Image Select All Ll bmp Cl dib Cl gif L jpeg D jpg O jpg2 O jp2 Clear All L pct Upex pic O pict O pn L tif C tiff Video Select All asf Cl avi L mov C mpe L mpeg L mpg O mp4 E qt J rm L wmvy 1 3qp L 3gpp L1 3qpp2 L 3g2 Clear All Audio Select All El aac D a EJ au O mp3
205. ed here as Web content filters Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page The items listed in Categories will be changed according to the different service providers If you have and activate another web content filter license the items will be changed simultaneously All of the configuration made for web content filter will be deleted automatically Therefore please backup your data before you change the web content filter license Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 202 Dray Tek CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Default Black White List Enable Action Block Action Groups Child Protection Select All Clear All Leisure Select All Clear All Business ACICE i Clear All i Group Object Selections S E Categories Alcohol amp Tobacco Hate amp Intolerance Porn amp Sexually School Cheating Child Abuse Images J Entertainment CJ Travel LJ Campromised Finance L News LJ Politics L Restaurants amp Dining General LJimage Sharing L Private IP Addresses w Criminal Activity legal Drug Violence Sex Education Games Leisure amp Recreation Li Dating amp Personals C Government L Non profits amp NGOs Cl Real Estate Cl Shopping LJ cults LI Network Errors LJ Uncategorised Sites Gambling w Nudity Weapons Tasteles
206. ee E ee eee 119 Nes retras thee o atone doa E A E E A E 122 do WA SOLAN sinctecls sa tates yantnoneicrenan sudibeavandseaewendi E E E E 122 A e SI s EE once E A T TA E 124 2 AIG ROU ee ra E E E E EE E E 131 AeA NIN e E E E sadesece sacanesneeeseudcenecte oe 135 Ao BNP O MAC era tse cars weston oe bo E E E A E E 136 kL OLAN POT MITO e a E S E E OAE E E T 137 AZ WNC COZ a E EE 138 ANAT e a T E E E dood sgetscenssasaenesects 139 4 3 1 Port Redirection soscnniecisemacndies dxivesiecniscaeenndonceisetaenstisawasnnatansdedsshievanmauadeddesanncdioeaeenadesveciennddaseseuel 139 oe DMZ TAOS eera E E AO E E E 142 AS S ODS OMS areia E EE ETE OEN 146 ASA Address Mappi ocasino E EE cane 147 Ao PON TA 6 GING e a E a eatasianensoangecumnsnant ons 149 aR PUG UV U E EEE AE E E AE AE T EEA Pe AE E E PE O T 152 4 4 1 Basics for Firewall ccccccsssscccceeseeeceeseecceseeccsaeeecsegsceeseaseeecsaueeecsegseeessaeeessenseesssagss 152 4 4 2 General Setpa iai iaai aieea ianea iia 154 4A S Fiter Setup cs erste tere orl earncde ocean serene sain ctet oaSamacwedenociadlaesdecicn E aea a i N a 158 444 DOS Deense ririri ninenin nn SR Ea a aane Rania 166 4 5 User Management Cee ce eect ee eee ee anaia ee eee eee ee 169 45 1 General SelUD ersinnen an enana aE E EERE TAERAA N TENE Oa TRN iR 170 BZ WSC a O i e E E E E E E E E A E 171 AS CR GOUD ereraa aae iA E a en rA ia 174 4 5 4 User Online Slat S wcssexadccdesvascdeceteasGeacesusdsnesvachsssa tensed savacd dedss
207. ee times within 60 seconds the system will send the SMS notification just for once The Send a test Message button allows you to send one SMS to the user just for test 4 Now anew SMS proifle has been created Application gt gt Short Message Service Short Message Service Porfile Setto Factory Default Profile Name Service Provider Destination Number Status For warning KotSMs 123456789 V 2 x 2 x 4 x x 6 x I x a x 5 Goto WAN gt gt General Setup In this case choose the WAN2 link as an example WAN gt General Setup Load Balance Mode Auto Weight v Setup Physical Line Speed Kbps Index Enable Mode Type DownLink UpLink Active Mode ALA V Ethernet Auto negotiation o a Always On WAN W Ethernet Auto negotiation 0 0 Always On WANS W USB 0 0 Always On Note Line Speed only used for load balance mode according to Line Speed Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 48 Dray Tek 6 Configure the settings as the following figure Choose one of the SMS profiles In this example the profile For warning 1s selected Then click OK to save the settings WAN gt General Setup WAN 2 Enable Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Line Speed Kbps DownLink lo VLAN Tag insertion Priority Send 5M5 if line drops out Send Mail Alert if line drops out O Active Mode Backup w WAN 2L WAN 3 Backup Type Only if acting as backup for multiple WAN
208. eed means line speed specified in WAN gt gt General Setup If you do not specify any rate at that page here will display Auto for instead 346 Dray Tek 4 16 8 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WANI WAN2 WAN3 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WAN1 Bandwidth Daily Refresh Minfs 1 Refresh EE WAN1 Bandwidth WAN Bandwidth WANS Bandwidth Sessions TX Kbps RX Kbps WANI total TX 90 MB RX 197 MB WAN total TX 0 Bytes RX 0 Bytes Reset WANS total TX 0 Bytes RX 0 Bytes Diagnostics gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WWAN Bandwidth VWWeekly Refresh Min s 1 Refresh oe WANI total TX 0 Bytes Re 0 Bytes WAN total TX 0 Bytes Rx 0 Bytes Reset WANS total TX 0 Bytes Rx O Bytes The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past Dray Te k 347 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 16 9 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostic
209. efined Group and Objects Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want Specify the action for fragmented packets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately 161 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Branch to other Filter Set Sessions Control MAC Bind IP Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Manage
210. em Maintenance gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmwa re Upgrade Select a firmware file Ooo O Click Upgrade to upload the file TFTP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 6 0 Firmware Upgrade Frocedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running Do you want to upgrade firmware a pA hT pai Dray Te k 337 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 15 13 Activation There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation After you have finished the setting profiles for WCF refer to Web Content Filter Profile it is the time to activate the mechanism for your computer Click System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation to open the following page for accessing http myvigor draytek com Note that such service mechanism is powered by Commtouch System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Status Not Activated Activate Authentication Message WebFilter 3eryvice not activate 2010 06 16 OF 56 36 Note If you want to use email alert o
211. eme rt cccccccccccsesececseeeeeseeeeeeseaseeesaaaeeeesaeeeeeseueeessseessaaeeees 258 4 10 10 Connection Management ccccccsssssecccceeeecesesseecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessaeaaeeeeeeeessssageeeeees 263 A W STC Ate Managemen ois acsnqaines coscsesanscosacaenisutxonccassenaedituadosaseuaceonlnascesascuseneccadancenndauaes 265 MW Wet HO Ca IG SNC AUS wsatacetssesagstceansieny atin scen asia ceadcuaentundeatascee seeta coacesaseasatu cudes sdaateeestcaoiee 265 QM ice MUSEOA CCT CANS ayes ace cei cecctne sheet css tasecse E A E sansa 267 4 11 3 Cer ficate BACKUD s as25es sas 2scccntnccess ssuecredscncedetesesasnestecdea aswne O aiad akaieie 268 AZ VOU S EE ec N OAS E AEA A anes aden ene net E EET O T AET 268 a D E L AM O E E E EE E A PEE AEE E E E 270 4 12 2 SIP Accounts vig ontxinecoctonecdotedeuncsedsntcdessesdecustlendsineactanentmedseeesdoscadadesdemmencoaucdasasasesdstaesenoce 279 4 12 3 Phone SettiNGS cccececccccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeseeeeeeeesseeeuseeeeeeeesssaeaeeeeesesaaaaeeeees 284 a 2 SS aes deceit E tne ec eerie EE E atte dene ec ce ee ees EE E E E O idee E 290 A13 Wireless LAN cee ascent ranseeeaetiedicclecciusse eina i aii a NE EAE Ea aE ENE EE 291 ETA BSC OOC OD ene ee E ee E E ee E 291 ATS Generali SEMDE a E ee 293 ETOS O U e a A E e E A A E becueedeacetebacccauets 297 ATSA ACCESS CONTON ee ee E EES ae ae eee eee 299 Ns WV eater gongs mts EE E E A E EE E A TE E ATE EE E 301 AWD a T Oeceebeusadeese
212. en connecting to a L2 switch If you want 802 1x support for multiple network devices please disable 802 1 here and configure 802 1 on the connecting switch This feature supports PEAP and EAP TLS Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check the box to enable LAN 802 1x function Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 138 Dray Tek 802 1x ports After enabling the function simply specify the LAN port s to apply such function After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly T
213. enewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enroliment agent certificate to submit a request for another user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBqjCCARMC AQAWOTELMAKGALUEBhHMCVFcxEDAO _ Base64 Encoded BokqhkiGOwOBCOEWEXByZENzOGRYYXLOZWsuy29t Certificate Request AFGNADCBiQKBgGQDOYB7 wmZFf FhN9 leQnGO3 Xk PKCS 10 or 7 he4bp89cUF Sd lO ACGGiM tcBOckdceZdPFFvIXcP3 x GOA TCTYVO QzpxroCwlJTILS450 Bn9v509516 4 lt gt Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator v Administrator Additional Attribu Authenticated Session Basic EFS _JEFS Recovery Agent Attributes JUser Router Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file
214. enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router 210 135 240 208 Remote Network 192 168 1 0 192 168 1 3 i A Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set eee ei PAP or CHAP Authentication ae ere Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE w MPPE y Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Username For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Dray Tek 71 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared key Confirm Pre Shared key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be auth
215. entic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES Mapes M AES Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Go to Remote Dial In User Click on one index number to edit a profile Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 4 connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 second s Allowed Dial In Type CL PPTP IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy M L Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number orPeerID OO o Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block OK Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 72 Username Password IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Local ID optional Cancel Dray Tek If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication earns 299 C Enable this account Idle Timeout se
216. ernal service such as LDAP server or Radius server If LDAP or Radius is selected here it is not necessary to configure the password setting above Mone None LOAP Radius Time of login log out block unblock for the user s can be sent to and displayed in Syslog Please choose any one of the log items to take down relational records for the user s Mone Mone If such function is enabled a pop up window will be displayed on the screen with time remaining for connection 1f Idle Timeout is set However the system will update the time periodically to keep the connection always on Thus Idle Timeout will not interrupt the network connection Any user from LAN side or WLAN side tries to connect to Internet via Vigor router must be authenticated by the router first There are three ways offered by the router for the user to choose for authentication Web If it is selected the use can type the URL of the router from any browser Then a login window will be popped up and ask the user to type the user name and password for authentication If succeed a Welcome Message configured in User Management gt gt General Setup will be displayed After authentication the destination URL if requested by the user will be guided automatically by the router Alert Tool If it is selected the user can open Alert Tool and 173 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description type the user name and password for authen
217. ertion Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the WAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets Dray Tek 99 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Send SMS if line drops out Send Mail Alert if line drops out Active Mode and Backup Type sending by WANI Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag Tag value Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Use the drop down list to choose one of the profiles which will be used to notify the administrator when the network connection is off Check the box to enable this function When the network connection is off the system will send a mail alert to notify the administrator Active Mode Determine the WAN interface will be active for always Always On or be treated as a backup WAN interface Backup Type Always On Backup Type Determine the role of such WAN interface It will be changed according to the Active Mode specified If you choose Always On as Active Mode such interface will be used for access into Internet all the time If you choose Backup as the Active Mode you have to specify which WAN interface will be selected to backup multiple WANs However ignore this setting if you want to backup a single WAN Active Mode
218. erver Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 280 Dray Tek Item STUN Server External IP SIP PING interval VoIP gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 12 Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Description Type in the IP address or domain of the STUN server Type in the gateway IP address The default value is 150 sec It is useful for a Nortel server NAT Traversal Support fo 11 char max LJ call without Registration PS 668 char max 68 char max L Act as outbound proxy Display Name P4023 char max Account Number Name 83 char max C Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Call Forwarding SIP URL Time Out Ring Port Ring Pattern Prefer Codec Packet Size 30 sec Phone1 LC Phone G T29A B 6K bps wt C Single Codec Voice Active Detector Available settings are explained as follows Item Profile Name Register via Dray Tek Description Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without Registration Choosing Auto is recommended The system
219. ervice Activation Wizard Online Status WAN LAN NAT Firewall User Management Objects Setting CSM Bandwidth Management Applications VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management VoIP Wireless LAN USB Application System Maintenance Diagnostics External Devices Product Reaistration DrayTek A System Status a Model Name Vigor2920Vn Firmware Version 3 6 0 Build Date Time Jun 8 2012 14 46 56 LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS LAN1 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 LAN2 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 LAN3 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 3 LAN4 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 4 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 7 IP Routed Subnet 0O0 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID 00 50 7F E2 B5 94_ FCC 2 3 2 0 DrayTek WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WAN1 Connected 00 50 7F E2 B5 95 Static IP 172 16 3 132 472 16 4 4 WAN2 Disconnected 00 50 7F E2 B5 96 acai ee sae y WAN3 Disconnected 00 50 7F E2 B5 97 USB _ sate ere IPv6 Address Scope Internet Access Mode LAN FE80 250 7FFF FEE2 B594 64 Link gt lt Note The home page will change slightly in accordance with the type of the router you have System Maintenance gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password
220. ery user connected to the router with customized profiles Note If Transparency Mode is selected in Firewall gt gt General Setup User Management cannot be used any more Please uncheck Transparency Mode first if you want to utilize user management to handle users in LAN WAN or WLAN User Management Dray Tek 169 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 5 1 General Setup General Setup can determine the standard rule based or user based for the users controlled by User Management The mode standard selected here will influence the contents of the filter rule s applied to every user General Setup Mode Rule Gased Notice 1 User Management will refer to active rules in Data Filter as whitelists and blacklists in User based firewall mode 2 Users match the above lists will not be required for authentication The firewall rules policy will still valid 3 Otherwise authentication required for users not matched the above lists The firewall rules designated in the user profile s policy will still valid Welcome Message Max 255 characters Preview Setto Factory Default lt body Stats 1l gt lt script langquage Javascript gt Window location http wuaw draytek com lt script gt lt body gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Mode There are two modes offered here for you to choose Each mode will bring different filtering effect to the users involved User Based If y
221. es User s Guide 64 Dray Tek 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an IPSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy one Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Link Type 64k bps Username PPP Authentication PAP CHAP VJ Compression on Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key P 2 l i K fs Digital Signature x 509 m m HIEP f IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Mo Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Dray Tek os Link Type 64k bps Username Password CO PPF Authentication VJ Compression on off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key TO Dig
222. ese risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 224 Dray Te k The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed 4 9 5 IGMP Dray Tek IGMP 1s the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups Applications gt gt IGMP IGMP L Enable IGMP Proxy WAN1 IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled LJEnable IGMP Snooping Enable IGMP Snooping multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disable IGMP snooping multicast traffic is treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic OK Refresh Working Multicast Groups Index Group ID Fi P2 P3 P4 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be execute
223. ess Edit Address Type Group and Objects v Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group None or IP Object None or IP Object None 1 RD Department or IP Object 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type 160 Dray Tek Dray Tek Item Fragments Filter Description eS Service Type Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer al C Service Type Edit Service Type Group and Objects v Protocol Source Port Destination Port Service Group or Service Object or Service Object or Service Object To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service Type User defined User d
224. ess Point Alfsn CWMin CWMax Txop ACM AckPolicy AC_BE E m AC_BK E E AC_VI E m AC_VO m m WMM Farameters of Station Aifsn CWMin CWMax Txop ACM acr a Available settings are explained as follows Item Description WMM Capable To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button APSD Capable The default setting is Disable Aifsn It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC VI and AC VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC BE and AC BK categories CW Min CW Max CWMin means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Be aware that CWMax value must be greater than CWMin or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC VI and AC VO categories must be Dray Tek 309 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description smaller however the difference between AC_BE and AC BK categories must be greater Txop It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC VI and AC VO that need higher priorities in data transmission please set greater value for them to get highest transmission opportun
225. et Use the 32 digit secret number generated by mOTP in the mobile phone e g e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6 This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node 247 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity IPSec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be u
226. ets at the WAN interface Detailed explanation for IPv6 is shown below Item LAN Status Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description IP Address Displays the IPv6 address of the LAN interface TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface RX Packets Displays the total received packets at the LAN interface TX Bytes Displays the total ransmitted octets at the LAN 32 Dray Tek Item Description interface RX Bytes Displays the total received octets at the LAN interface WAN IPv6 Status Enable No in red means such interface is available but not enabled Yes in green means such interface is enabled No in red means such interface is not available Mode Displays the type of WAN connection e g TSPC Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface IP Displays the IP address of the WAN interface Gateway IP Displays the IP address of the default gateway Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface is not ready for accessing Internet 2 5 2 Virtual WAN Such page displays the virtual WAN connection information Virtual WAN are used by TR 069 management VoIP service and so on The Application field will list the purpose of such WAN connection Online Status Virtual WAN System Uptime 143 11 45 WAN 5 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Tim
227. ettings are explained as follows Item Description Allowed Dial In Determine the dial in connection with different types Type PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 254 Dray Te k Dray Tek Item IKE Authentication Method Description IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Miust Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Specify Remote VPN Gateway You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods
228. f choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box F DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 197 168 1 1 z WAN Information WON IP Fixed Ipe le a alo LAN Statkus Tx Packets RX Packets waz IP Fixed 26459 15255 Tool Setup Telnet Read outSetup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE O50 ANSIWEM Traditional Chinese Big O0al 21 00a6 7c 0089 63 O0aa 61 O0ad 2d O0ae 52 O0b2 32 00b3 33 00b9 31 O0baot Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Tek 157 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default Set Comments Set Comments i Default Call Filter 2 Default Data Filter 8 ai ai 4 10 as ti To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule C
229. ffect for VPN tunnel Profile Name Type a name for VPN TRUNK profile Each profile can group two VPN connections set in LAN to LAN The saved VPN profiles in LAN to LAN will be shown on Member1l and Member fields Member 1 Member2 Display the selection for LAN to LAN dial out profiles configured in VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN for you to choose for grouping under certain VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile No Index number of LAN to LAN dial out profile Name Profile name of LAN to LAN dial out profile Connection Type Connection type of LAN to LAN dial out profile 259 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Add Edit Delete Description VPN Server IP Private Network VPN Server IP of LAN to LAN dial out profiles Active Mode Display available mode for you to choose Choose Backup for your router Add and save new profile to the backup profile list The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in such new VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in red VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile will be locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in blue Click this button to save the changes to the Status Enable or Disable profile name member1 or member2 Click this button to delete the selected VPN TRUNK profile The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped
230. figure LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server IP Address 132 168 1 1 Relay Agent Enable Disable Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 165 1 10 IP Pool Counts RIP Protocol Control Gateway IP Address 192 165 1 1 DHCP Serwer IP Address for Relay Agent 1 I DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address C Force router to use address for DNS Dray Tek 57 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Configuration for VigorSwitch 2240 1 Open Vlan gt gt Tag based Group 2 Add four VID groups In this case we can explanation it with Port 15 16 17 18 and Trunk Port 23 Dray Tek Auto Logout oF r s A Tag Based VLAN Memberships Configuration lt lt gt gt System HPort Clvian IGMP A IGMP Aware P VLAN Private VLAN GVRP P GVRP Propagation Tagt Ie VLAN Name i f as Port Members S Port based Group Del VID IGMP A P VLAN GVRP P 1 2 314 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14115 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Pons Port isolation Management Vian IP MAC Binding g02 1X Trunk Ose CJMSTP Mirroring Multicast alarm SIDHCP Snooping ELLOP J Save Restore Export import Diagnostics v VLAN Name 2920 VID7 Port Members 15 23 VLAN Name 2920 VID8 Port Members 16 23 VLAN Name 2920 VID9 Port Members 17 2
231. for the WAN interface Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy Click any Index number link to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy WAN gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 C Enable Protocol Binding WAN Interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End any w WANT Auto failover to the other WAN Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Protocol Binding WAN interface Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Check this box to enable this policy Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the WAN interface Protocol Choose the WAN interface WAN1 WAN2 WANS3 for binding Auto failover to other WAN Check this button to lead the data passing through other WAN automatically when the selected WAN interface is failover 118 Dray Tek Item Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Description Type the sourc
232. ge Service to create a new SMS profile Applications P Short Message Service 2 Click any index number link to access into the following web page Application gt Short Message Service Short Message Service Porfile Index Profile Name Service Provider Destination Number Status x gt ieee i Tee i Te i xx x KK MX 3 Inthe configuration page please type profile name username password destination name quota sending interval and choose a correct Service Provider Click OK to save the settings and exit this page Application gt Short Message Service Profile Index 1 Enable SMS Setup Enable Disable Profile Name Service Provider kotsms com tw TW Destination Number Quota Sending Interval fso Seconds Send atest Message Click Enable to enable SMS setup type a name for identification as Profile Name use the drop down list to choose the Service Provider that you apply for SMS type the Username and Password that you apply for SMS type the telephone number that you Dray Tek 47 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide want to receive the SMS in the field of Destination Number type the total number of the messages that the router will send out in the field of Quota type the shortest time interval for the system to send SMS in the field of Sending Interval For example it is set with 60 seconds If WAN1 disconnects for thr
233. ges such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p 386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Set to Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 J 2 6 J i 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters Default Message lt body gt lt center gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt Each item is explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Name Display the name of the URL Content Filter Profile Default Message You can type the message manually for your necessity or click this button to get the default message which will be displayed on the field of Administration Message Dray Tek 197 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page CSM gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Priority
234. gor2920 Series User s Guide 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows I 2 3 The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www DrayTek com Go to Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Webwork Connections Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using BS ASUSTek Broadcom 440 10 100 Ir Configure This connection uses the following items El Client tor Microsoft Networks a File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks fm 0s Packet Scheduler Internet Protocol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Protocol lnternet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectivity Vigor2920 Series
235. gor2920 Series User s Guide 108 Dray Te k Dray Tek Item MTU PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Description time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using E WAH IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 1f2 16 5 229 Y Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service
236. gotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Prefer Codec 3 7114 b4kK bps 3 7 11MU b4k bps Gf 11A4 64k bps G 729A B 8kKbps G 723 6 4kbps G 726 32 32kbps Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information 283 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Packet Size Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector 4 12 3 Phone Settings This page allows user to set phone settings for Phone 1 and Phone 2 respectively However it changes slightly according to different model you have VoIP gt Phone Settings Index Port Call Feature Tone Gain Mic Speaker Default SIP Account DTMF Relay 1 Phonel CW CT User Defined 5 5 InBand 2 Phone CW CT User Defined 5 5 InBand RTF C Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End 1500
237. h Index Active User IP Address Last Login Time Expired Time Idle Time Action 1 admin 192 168 1 10 10 27 03 57 23 Unlimited Unlimited Block Logout Total Number 1 Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek 175 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Fefresh Seconds Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Index Display the number of the data flow Active User Display the users which connect to Vigor router currently You can click the link under the username to open the user profile setting page for that user IP Address Display the IP address of the device Last Login Time Display the login time that such user connects to the router last time Expired Time Display the expired time of the network connection for the user Idle Time Display the idle timeout setting for such profile Action Block can prevent specified user accessing into Internet Unblock the user will be blocked Logout the user will be logged out forcefully Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 176 Dr ay Te k 4 6 Objects Settings For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group
238. h triggering profile Incoming Port Display the port for the incoming data of such triggering profile Status Display 1f the rule is active or de active Click the index number link to open the configuration page NAT gt gt Port Triggering No 1 C Enable Service Comment ee Triggering Protocol Triggering Port ee Incoming Protocol Incoming Port er Note The Triggering Port and Incoming Port should be input like this 123 456 777 789 legal 123 456 789 legal but 123 456 789 illegal Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check to enable this entry Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 150 Dray Te k Service Choose the predefined service to apply for such trigger profile User Defined k User Defined Real Player Cluick Time BitTorrent Comment Type the text to memorize the application of this rule Triggering Protocol Select the protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP for such triggering profile Triggering Port Type the port or port range for such trigger profile Incoming Protocol When the triggering packets received it is expected the incoming packets will use the selected protocol Select the protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the incoming data of such triggering profile Incoming Port Type the port or port range for the incoming packets After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Te k 151 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide
239. hat those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets 2 Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address 192 168 10 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 2 Network Interface LAN oy 3 Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 132 Dray Tek LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address 211 100 58 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 3 Network Interface i f 4 4 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey connected 3 static R RIF default private ae 192 168 10 07 255 255 255 0 wia 192 168 1 2 LAN C 192 166 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected ae 211 100 86 0 255 455 455 0 via 192 168 1 3 LAN Static Route for IPv6 You can set up
240. he benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT 4 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from exte
241. he service type that you want to activate Please choose the item you want to use WCF service Web Content Filter Commtouch Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide Enter your License key Activation Date 2011 10 23 select CI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 30 Dray Tek 2 5 Online Status Online Status p F 2 5 1 Physical Connection Such page displays the physical connection status such as LAN connection status WAN connection status ADSL information and so on Physical Connection for IPv4 Protocol Online Status Physical Connection System Uptime 4 7 53 IPv4 IPvo LAN Status Primary DNS 5 5 5 8 Secondary DNS 6 8 4 4 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 165 1 1 53964 729498 WAN 1 Status gt gt Dial PPPoE Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes wOSL PPPOE 00 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps aS mae O 0 0 O Message PPP Shutdown WAN 2 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet Static IP 4 07 44 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps ir2 16 3 103 Lee Leda dk 29011 351 125630 1230 WAN 3 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Signal Yes SEB igi 00 00 00 IP GW IF TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps
242. he specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone Do Not Disturb Act Dial the number typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Do Not Distrub Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Hide caller ID Act Dial the number typed in this field to make your phone number ID not displayed on the display panel of remote end Hide caller ID Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Call Waiting Act Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Call Waiting Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Anonymous Act Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls with unknown ID Block Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Anonymous Deact Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming Act calls from unknown domain Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Deact Block IP Calls Act Dial the number typed in this filed to block all the incoming calls from IP address Block IP Calls Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Last Calls Act Dial the number typed in this field to block the last incoming phone call Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 278 Dr ay Te k PSTN Setup Some emergency phone e g
243. he subnet mask Gateway Type the IP address of the gateway Primary DNS Type in the primary IP address for the router Second DNS Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future PPTP Server Type the IP address of the server L2TP Server Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANT Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPTP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Wigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 22 Dray Tek 2 Dray Tek 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet 2 3 1 3 Static IP 1 Choose WANI WAN2 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP Quick Start Wizard Static IP Client Mode WAN 1 PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP DHCP Come Click Static IP as the Internet Access T
244. heck Active to enable the rule Firewall gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down O UP Down O UP Down O UP Down O UP Down 6 O UP Down d UP Next Filter Set Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Filter Rule Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Active Enable or disable the filter rule Comment Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Move Up Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 158 Dray Te k Firewall gt Edit Filter Set gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Block NetBios Clear sessions when schedule ON C Enable i Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup Direction LANVRT YPN gt WWAN Source IP ny Edit Edit Edit Destination IP ny Service Type TCRAJDP Port from 137 139 to undefined t lt Fragments Dont Care ha Application Action Profile Syslog Filter Block Immedia
245. help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addresses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor 2920V for setting the phone book VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Phone Index number gt ie gt eB lt lt 120 2140 4160 gt gt SIP URL mii Loop through pm bie Status Number Default None None W Default None None H Default None None x Default None None Default None None x Default None None x Default None None x Next gt gt Status v Active x Inactive Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 20 Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number Secure Phone ol i Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dray Tek Description Check it to enable this entry The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and The name entered here is to remind the user whose number it 1S Enter your friend s SIP Address 271 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Dial Out Account Choose one of the SIP accounts for this profile to dial out It is useful for both sides caller and callee
246. ial in type you made Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 236 Dray Tek When you check PPTP you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec Authentication Wsername Password Peer IP PH Client IP When you check PPTP IPSec L2TP three types or PPTP IPSec two types or L2TP with Policy Nice to Have Must you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting Profile Name 777 PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPsec Authentication Username 777 IPsec L2TP over IPsec Authentication Pre Shared Key Po Confirm Pre Shared Key Po C Digital Signature x 509 Peer ID e Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Peer IP VPN Client IP Po Site to Site Information Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Dray Tek 237 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide When you check IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN Authentication Setting Profile Name PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPsec Authentication Username Password IPsec L2TP over IPsec Authentication Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature X 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Peer IP VPN Client IP Peer ID Site to Site Information Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask 0 0 0 0 255 255 2550
247. ic subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 122 Dray Tek Internet Public IP Address E A What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Dray Tel Dray Tek 123 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup There are four subnets provided by the router which allow users to divide groups into different subnets LAN1 LANA4 In addition different subnets can link for each o
248. ical type for your router Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface WANT ow Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Auto negotiation WANI WAN2 and WAN3 will bring up different configuration page Refer to the following for detailed information 2 3 1 For WAN1 WAN2 Choose WAN1 WAN2 and click Next to display the following page Please select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step 2 3 1 1 PPPoE PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE 1s used for most of modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authentication mode If your ISP provides you the PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 18 Dray Tek 1 Choose WAN1I WAN2 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Inte
249. ice provider will offer a fixed public IP If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Static or Dynamic IP mode from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown Dray Tek 105 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client Enable Disable Keep WAN Connection WAN IP Network Settings _ WAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically Router Name Domain Name oo O O l Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address IP Address C Enable PING to keep alive 0 minute s PING to the IP PING Interval 172 16 3 132 255 255 0 0 172 16 1 1 Subnet Mask WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Detect Gateway IP Address DNS Server IP Address TTL Primary IP Address 172 16 3 6 Secondary IP Address fs MTU Max 1500 Default MAC Address RIP Protocol Specify a MAC Address Enable RIP MAC Address oo fso rr HE2 Bs 25 Bridge Mode C Enable Bridge Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Static or Dynamic IP Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Keep WAN Connection Normally this function is designed fo
250. ice Activation Wizard Connection Succeeded Please check the following item s to enable services on your router Enable Web Content Filter When such page appears you can enable or disable these services for your necessity Then click Finish Note The service will be activated and applied as the default rule configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup Now the web page will display the service that you have activated according to your selection s The valid time for the free trial of these services is 30 day Service Activation Wizard Server Enabled DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Web Content filter 2011 09 21 2011 10 22 Commtouch Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router update your signature again is recommended Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 29 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Later if you need to extend the license valid time for the same service you can also use the Service Activation Wizard again to reach your goal by clicking the radio button of Formal edition with license key and clicking Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the editian you need Free Formal edition with license key Service Activation Wizard Select t
251. ice Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1 17 2 18 3 13 4 20 3 21 6 22 i 23 8 24 a 23 10 26 11 T 12 20 13 29 14 30 1h 31 16 32 lt 1 32 33 64 65 96 gt gt Next gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this profile Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 Harme Protocol JE Oo pe o oo ii Source Port Destination Port A a Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 184 Dray Te k Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Protocol Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Destination Port Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same 1t indicates all the ports exce
252. ick Edit to open a new window Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 3 ae NO Status Local Address Remote Address Sery Service Type CodePoint 1 Empty 11 Click Edit to open the following window Check the ACT box first Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 78 Dr ay Te k Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Rule Edit C Hardware Acceleration ACT Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint IP precedence 2 Service Type oY YSLOG UDP 514 Note Please choose setup the Service Type first 12 Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s IP address Leave other fields and click OK Dray Tek 79 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 3 10 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CA ServerA CA Server B 2 User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigog Router via Web GUI Oo User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it 1 Go to Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 80 Dr ay Te k 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request
253. ide Private Port Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Allow management from the Internet velvet Bart Default 23 LJ FTP Server ATR Default 80 HTTP Server HTTPS Server E ee Telnet Server FTP Port Default 21 C SSH Server SSH Port Default 22 Disable PING from the Internet SNMP Setup Access List C Enable SNMP Agent List IP Subnet Mask Get Community 2f 4 2 Trap Community Notificatian Host IP fF Trap Timeout seconds 4 3 2 DMZ Hos
254. in firmware 2 5 6 and above for Vigor2200 Series routers A 09 failed to upgrade Vigor Router s firmware from my Mac machine constantly what should do 10 How to upgrade firmware of Vigor Router remotely FAQ Printer Server 01 How do configure LPR printing on Windows2000 P 02 How do configure LPR printing on Windows9S8 Me 03 How do configure LPR printing on Linux boxes 04 Why there are some strange print out when try to print my documents through Vigor210 4P 2300 s print server What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router 06 What are the limitations in the USB Printer Port of Vigor Router 07 What is the printing buffer size of Vigor Router 08 How do configure LPR printing on Mac OSX 09 How do configure LPR printing on My Windows Vista Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN port Dray Tek 13 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 14 Dray Te k Configuring Basic Settings For using the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings This chapter explains how to setup a password for accessing into the web configurator of Vigor router and how to adjust settings for accessing Internet successfully 2 1 Accessing Web Page 1 Make sure your PC conne
255. in the general settings User Name This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Password This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Local ID Specify which one will be inspected first Alternative Subject Name First The alternative subject name configured in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate will be inspected first Subject Name First The subject name configured in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate will be inspected first 255 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item IPSec Security Method GRE over IPSec Settings
256. ing The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application is enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu Wireless access point is ready It will blink slowly while wireless traffic goes through If ACT and WLAN LEDs blink quickly and simultaneously when WPS is working and it will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within 2 minutes The WAN1 or WAN2 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while an attack is detected The VPN tunnel is active The QoS function is active The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is connected with 10Mbps when left LED is On The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Dray Tek r2920 M Security Router Wirelass LAN ON OFFIWPS m ee ac Rese 2 3 4 GigaL AN VEAN WAM2 Gigal USB Interface Description Wireless LAN Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button once to wait for clie
257. into the USB storage device by typing ftp 192 168 1 1 on any browser They can add or remove files directories depending on the Access Rule for FTP account settings in USB Application gt gt USB User Management Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 2 Dr ay Tek 3 4 How to configure Multi Subnet for Vigor Router There are two types of VLAN One is Port Based VLAN the other is Tag Based VLAN Refer to the following sections for learning the usage of VLAN I Port Based VLAN Vigor2920 can divide the physical LAN ports into several groups For example it can divide the internal departments of a company into three different groups Each group uses different network segment See the following graphic for an example VLAN2 Sales Dept VLAN 1 LAN1 192 168 3 x VLANO Finance Dept sie LAN1 192 168 2 x LAN1 192 168 1 x Group 0 VLANO Human Resource LAN Port 1 IP 192 168 1 0 24 Group 1 VLAN1 Finance Dept LAN Port 2 IP 192 168 2 0 24 Group 2 VLAN2 Sales Dept LAN Port 3 Port 4 IP 192 168 3 0 24 Configuration 1 Inthe page of LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration check the box of Enable to enable the function of VLAN Configuration 2 For VLANO setting check P1 and set LAN1 as the Subnet 3 For VLAN setting check P2 and set LAN2 as the Subnet 4 For VLAN2 setting check P3 and P4 and set LAN3 as the Subnet Dray Tek 53 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable
258. is inadequate the packets will be blocked if Strict Security Checking 1s enabled If Strict Security Checking is not enabled then the packets will pass through the router After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 164 Dray Te k Dray Tek Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Foewell General Setup General Serup Caner Sahip Detant Fate Call Filton E Enable C Disable Data Filisi Enable Sart Firer Set Sela ai Firewall gt Filter Senaj O sable ki accept lange incoming fragmented UDP or IOMP packets i for soma games ax CS Filar Sataf Comments efault Call Fitter El Enable Strce Secunty Firewall letsult Data Filter Pee Firewall Filter Serup Edit Filled Set Fiber Set 1 Comments Oetauh Call D ziir Comet Move Up Meve Lown Destination bP Service Type Hont Filtea Pragenants ok ocea Cancel Application Filter Branch bo Other filter Sar Serions Central MAT Bend Ie Oyality of Sender Load Galance policy fa
259. is port should look something like thi Create a new port Type of port Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 10 Dr ay Te k 6 Inthe following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard ICP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct 8 Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 9100 Device 192 163 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish i Cancel Dray Tek 11 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 9 Now your system will ask you to ch
260. isabled no SAS prompt will be heard any more Application for Secure Phone Enable SAS Voice Prompt for ex if vigor router A calls vigor router B with checking Enable Secure Phone and Enable SAS Voice Prompt then 1 After the connection established vigor router A will send SAS voice prompt to A and vigor router B will send the SAS voice prompt to B 2 Then the RTP traffic is secured until the call ends 3 If vigor router A wants to call vigor router B again next time both A and B will not hear any voice prompt again even checking Enable SAS Voice Prompt on web UI It means only the first call between them will have voice prompt Enable SAS Voice Prompt for ex if vigor router A calls vigor router B with checking Enable Secure Phone but not Enable SAS Voice Prompt then 1 After the connection established vigor router A will NOT send SAS voice prompt to vigor router A and vigor router B will NOT send the SAS voice prompt to vigor router B 2 Even no voice prompt but the RTP traffic is still secured until the call ends Note If the incoming or outgoing calls do not match any entry on the phonebook the router will try to make the call being protected But if the call ends up unprotected e g peer side does not support ZRTP SRTP the router will not play out a warning message Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 270 Dray Te k Phone Book In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can
261. it session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Disable Default session limit Limitation List Start IP End IP Maximum Sessions Add Edit Dray Tek Description Click this button to activate the function of limit session Click this button to close the function of limit session Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Defines the start IP address for limit session Defines the end IP address for limit session Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation 205 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Delete Administration Message Default Message Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Description Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Type the words which will be displayed when reaches the maximum number of Internet sessions permitted Click this button to apply the default message offered by the router You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in A
262. ital Signature X 509 ne IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Advanced Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username C PPTP Password IPSec Tunnel VJ Compression C L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method Fl Pre Shared Ke Specify Remote VPN Gateway Pre Shared Key Peer VPN Server IP IKE Pre Shared Key fs 220 135 240 210 L Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES F 3DES V AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Username draytek L IPSec Tunnel Password C L2TP with IPSec Policy E races on Off IKE Authentication Method l Pre Shared Ke Specify Remote YPN Gateway Y Peer VPN Server IP IKE Pre shared Key y 220 135 240 210 Digital Signature 509 orPeerID O ae IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES
263. ity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 ACM It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is checked Note Vigor2920 provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification AckPolicy Uncheck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability 4 13 9 AP Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Scan to discover all the connected APs Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List BSSID Channel SSID Scan Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is allowed to connect wi
264. ized at the same Choose PPP and type the information for PPPoE of IPv4 WAN gt gt Internet Access ae PPPoE ISP Access Setup Static or Dynamic IP Disable Username 73 68635 hinet_net Password Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup gt F F F WAN Connection Detection PPTP L2TP IPv6 PPPI MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address Mode ARP Detect v Specify a MAC Address Ping IP MAC Address i TTL Access into the setting page for IPv6 service it is not necessary for you to configure anything WAH gt Internet Access Static or Dynamic IP Internet Access Mode PPTP L2TP Connection Type PPP Note IPyv4 WAN setting should be PPPoE client Cancel Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Dray Tek Dray Tek Click OK and open Online Status If the connection is successful you will get the IP address for IPv4 and IPv6 at the same time Online Status Physical Connection py a 7 IPv6 LAN Status Primary DNS 168 95 192 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 2096 2721 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Name Mode VDSL PPPoA GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps 0 0 Message PPP Shutdown WAN 2 Status Enable Line Name Mode Ethernet PPPOE IF GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps 111 251 162 533 168 95 98 254 736 2
265. jects that you have added on Objects Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dray Tek 187 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 6 7 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Set to Factory Default Index Name Index Name SBEBBRAEBBEBRBEBE EE ee ele RE Be P RPP Pre eee 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt A A td Pred Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this profile Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters Each word should be separated by a single space You can replace a character with HEX Example Contents backdoo 07 virus keep 200ut Result 1 backdoor 2 virus 3 keep out Available settings are explained as follows Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 188 Dray Tek Item Description Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such p
266. k 255 2755 755 0 Later on peer side as VPN Client please type 192 168 50 100 in the field of My GRE IP and type IP address of the server 192 168 50 200 in the field of Peer GRE IP Callback Budget fp minutets 4 GRE over IPSec Settings M Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec Logical Traffic y GRE IP 92 168 50 100 Peer GRE IP 92 168 50 200 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIF Direction TRX Both Remote Gateway IP coco From first subnet to remote network you have to 0 0 Jo Femote Network IP 192 165 1 0 Route Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 hore Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 JK lear Cancel 261 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Advanced Backup After setting profiles for load balance you can choose any one of them and click Advanced for more detailed configuration The windows for advanced load balance and backup are different Refer to the following explanation S http 192 168 1 1 FEN Backup Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer VPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Name 071023 ERD Mode Normal O Resume Member 1 first Detail Information Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode 7 i Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name List the backup profile name ERD Mode ERD means Environment Recovers Detection Normal choose
267. k VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access VPN and Remote Access 4 10 1 VPN Client Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN client Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial out connection from server to client step by step Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 228 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment L M to LAN YPN Client Mode Selection Foute Mode Please choose a L N to LAN Profile Index Status Hame Note For a typical LAN to LAN tunnel please select Route Mode If the remote network is expecting only a single client or ip and is not configured to route the subnet and then select NAT mode If in doubt then select Route Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Description LAN to LAN Client Choose the client mode Mode Selection Route Mode NAT Mode If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose this mode otherwise please choose Route Mode Route tlode k Route Mode MAT Mode Please choose a There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set LAN to LAN Profi
268. k Select a value of subnet mask for private IP address After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 3 5 Port Triggering Port Triggering is a variation of open ports function The key difference between open port and port triggering is Once the OK button is clicked and the configuration has taken effect open port keeps the ports opened forever Once the OK button is clicked and the configuration has taken effect port triggering will only attempt to open the ports once the triggering conditions are met The duration that these ports are opened depends on the type of protocol used The default durations are shown below and these duration values can be modified via telnet commands TCP 86400 sec UDP 180 sec IGMP 10 sec TCP WWW 60 sec TCP SYN 60 sec Dr ay Tek 149 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide NAT gt gt Port Triggering Port Triggering Setto Factory Default Index Comment Triggering Protocol Triggering Port Incoming Protocol Incoming Port Status x sera ee gt eS i A F A k s aA a 24 T Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Comment Display the text which memorizes the application of this rule Triggering Protocol Display the protocol of the triggering packets Triggering Port Display the port of the triggering packets Incoming Protocol Display the protocol for the incoming data of suc
269. l IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number 275 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description specific URVURL Specific URVURL Specific Mumber Specific URI URL or This field will be changed based on the type you selected for Specific Number barring Type Route All means all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section Applications gt gt Schedule for detailed configuration Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone port specified in the following window Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous Enable Route C Phonei LJ Phones Indexf1 15 in Schedule Setup Zz Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID For Block Unknown Domain this function can block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules
270. l your friend s account name if you are with the same SIP Registrar Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection between each other Vigor VoIP Baltes Vigor VoIP Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerable for data traffic 269 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 12 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book and Digit Map links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Configuration Phone Book Digit Map Call Barring Regional PSTN Setup Secure Phone configuration Enable Secure Phone ZRTP SRTP Enable S45 Voice Prompt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Secure Phone It allows users to have encrypted RTP stream with the peer side using the same protocol ZRTP SRTP Check this box to have secure call Enable SAS Voice If it is enabled SAS prompt will be heard every time If it is Prompt d
271. lained as follows Item Description Enable Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Mode Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Service Name Enter the description of the specific network service Protocol Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP WAN IP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Public Port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Private IP Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Dray Te k 141 Vigor2920 Series User s Gu
272. larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This 1s called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 Dray Tek 209 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide However each node may take different attitude toward packets wi
273. le Dray Tek 229 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description Index Status Name a 2a 1 E ae 2 E 27 4 E T7 5 E 277 6 E T7 i E 77 a E Tr q E 277 10 E 27 11 E 77 1 E 77 13 E 277 14 E 27 15 E rrF 16 E 277 1 E T7 18 E 77 19 E T7 20 E 277 21 E 27 oe E 77 23 E 77 24 E 277 25 E 77 26 E 77 a 2T E r 20 E 277 29 E Pr b When you finish the mode and profile selection please click Next to open the following page VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Connection Setting Security ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest Throughput ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest 1 L2TP over IPSec 1 PPTP None Encryption 2 IPSec 2 L2TP 3 PPTP Encryption 3 IPSec 4 L2TP 4 L2TP over IPSec 5 PPTP None Encryption 5 PPTP Encryption PPIP None Encryption PPTP Encryption IPsec L2TP Select VPN Type PPTP None Encryption LATP over IPSec Nice ta Have LATP over IPSec hust In this page you have to select suitable VPN type for the VPN client profile There are six types provided here Different type will lead to different configuration page After making the choices for the client profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection s you made Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 230 Dr ay Te k When you choose PPTP None Encryption or PPTP Encryption you will see the following graphi
274. le to enable such configuration Click Disable to disable such configuration For NAT Usage Click this radio button to invoke NAT function IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user 128 Dray Tek Item Description configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 1st IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the
275. le will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address Range Address Any Address single Address Range Address Subnet Address Mac Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be controlled 178 Dray Tek Item Description Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected Invert Selection If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Below is an example of IP objects settings Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Mame Index i RO Department if 2 Financial Dept
276. lect the service type that you want to activate This product provides 30 days of free trial please choose the item s you want to use WCF service Web Content Filter BPjM BPM is the web content filter based on service operated in Germany We recommend only users live in Germany to try the BP M WCF service This is a free service without guarantee Activation Date Web Content Filter Commtouch License Agreement Commitouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Activation Date JI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Commtouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 28 Dray Te k 4 Setting confirmation page will be displayed as follows please click Next Service Activation Wizard Please confirm your settings Sevice Type Sevice Activated Trial version Web Content Filter Commtouch 4 Please click Back to re select service type you to activate 5 Wait fora moment till the following page appears Serv
277. low such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second 198 Dray Tek Dray Tek Item Log URL Access Control Description Bath ee Both Pass Both Block Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow a
278. m Web Content Filter etc The products and functions Password VigorPro that are supported in this site include pers VigorPro Unified Security Firewall series Qbk aVd e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter If you can t read the AuthCode click here license key e Activation of DT Anti Virus license key e Activation of Kaspersky Anti Virus license key b Forget password uL e Activation of Commtouch membership Anti Spam license key and Not registered yet Click here Vigor routers for models that support Commtouch e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter license key The MyVigor website contains a trail version of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter which allows the users to set filters to block out undesirable web pages in the Internet jungle Please use IE 5 0 or above resolution 1024 768 for best More customer oriented services are planned for MyVigor site for the display DrayTek Corp near future Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 90 Dray Te k 2 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile Grersonal Information E Preferences completion 1 Agreement Draytek provides Myvigor myvigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyVigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can
279. m Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES This field is used to authenticate for connection when you 233 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Password This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Remote Network IP Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection Remote Network Mask Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Please confirm your settings LAN to LaN Index 2 Profile Name VPR 1 YPN Connection Type L2TP over IPSec Must YPN Connection Through WANI First Always on Ho Server IP Host Name draytek cam IKE Authentication Method Digital Signature 5094 IPSec Security Method AH SHAL Remote Network IP 192 168 1 6 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the YPN Connection Management Do another YPN Clien
280. ment APP Enforcement Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting 1s 60000 Strict Make the MAC address and IP address settings configured in IP Object for Source IP and Destination IP be bound for applying such filter rule No Strict no limitation Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later Choose the WAN interface for applying Load Balance Policy Such item is available only when Rule Based is selected in User Management gt gt General Setup The general firewall rule will be applied to the user user group all users specified here User Object Create New User User Group Create Mew Group
281. mmended for you to use the default setting auto selected Such server is powered by Commtouch Click it to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable server Click this link to retrieve the factory settings You can type the message manually for your necessity or click this button to get the default message which will be displayed on the field of Administration Message None the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF precisely however the processing rate 1s normal Such item can provide the most accurate URL matching L1 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the URL has been accessed previously it will be stored for a short time about 1 second in the router to be accessed quickly if required Such item can provide accurate URL matching with faster rate L2 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the data has been accessed previously the IP addresses of source and destination IDs will be memorized for a short time about 1 second in the router When the user tries to access the same destination ID the router will check it by comparing the record stored If it matches the page will be retrieved quickly Such item can provide URL matching with the fastest rate L1 L2 Cache the router will check the URL with fast processing rate combining the feature of L1 and L2 Eight profiles are provid
282. mn will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blocked 3 Kbps shared bandwidth residual bandwidth used Current Peak are average Each item is explained as follows Item Description Enable Data Flow Check this box to enable this function Monitor Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Dray Te k 345 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Refresh Index IP Address TX rate kbps RX rate kbps Sessions Action Current Peak Speed Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Refresh Seconds Click this link to refresh this page manually Display the number of the data flow Display the IP address of the monitored device Display the transmission speed of the monitored device Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes Page Refresh bps Sessions Action Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column Page Retresh Sessions Action blacked 299 Unblock Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate for WAN interface Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in data transmission Sp
283. mode of such WAN interface In such WAN interface no type can be selected Type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Use the drop down list to choose one of the profiles which will be used to notify the administrator when the network connection is off Check the box to enable this function When the network connection is off the system will send a mail alert to notify the administrator Active Mode Determine the WAN interface will be active for always Always On or be treated as a backup WAN interface Backup WAN Alwa yS Gn b Aly a Y m B n Backup Backup Type Determine the role of such WAN interface It will be changed according to the Active Mode specified If you choose Always On as Active Mode such interface will be used for access into Internet all the time If you choose Backup as the Active Mode you have to specify 101 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide which WAN interface will be selected to backup multiple WANS However ignore this setting if you want to backup a single WAN Active Mode WARN L OWA 2 WAN 3 Backup Type When any WAN disconnect Only for Backup Multiple WAND When all WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated when any master WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect Such backup WAN will be activated only when all master WAN interfaces disconnect 4 1 3 Internet Access
284. mode specified here If you choose 4G 3G 2G as network mode the router will choose a suitable one according to the actual wireless signal automatically 46 36 26 am P m os om qo sG 26 46 Only 36 Only 2 Onl APN Name APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1380 LTE software version Display the software version of LTE LTE hardware version Display the firmware version of LTE After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 112 Dray Te k Details Page for IPv6 Offline in WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 When Offline is selected the IPv6 connection will be disabled WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 IPv6 Internet Access Mode WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 IPv6 Internet Access Mode WAN gt Internet Access WAN 3 Pv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type Details Page for IPv6 PPP in WAN1 WAN2 During the procedure of IPv4 PPPoE connection we can get the IPv6 Link Local Address between the gateway and Vigor router through IPv6CP Later use DHCPv6 or Accept RA to acquire the IPv6 prefix address such as 2001 B010 7300 200 64 offered by the ISP In addition PCs under LAN also can have the public IPv6 address for Internet access by means of the generated prefix No need to type any other information for PPP mode WAN gt Internet
285. modes provided for you to choose Disable w Note You should also set RADIUS Server simultaneously if 802 1x mode is selected Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WEP 802 1x Only Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA2 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol Mixed WPA WPA2 802 1x only Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA W
286. n box 5 Open a new tab in the same browser for IE 7 0 FireFox and above or open a new web browser 6 Try to access into the web configurator e g 192 168 1 1 of Vigor router Please note Just for Carrie is displayed as a heading on the login dialog box Just for Carrie Username carrie Password eeccccce Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved D r ay Te k Vigor Welcome to Draytek world 7 After typing the username and password defined in User Management gt gt User Profile click Login You can access into Internet or access into the Landing Page if configured in User Management gt gt General Setup Dray Tek a Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 3 6 How to use SmartMonitor with Vigor2920 series For the models that support SmartMonitor you can connect the device installed with SmartMonitor to the monitor port of Vigor router then all the traffic in other LAN port will forward to the monitor port But there is no hardware monitor port for Vigor2920 series Therefore we need to configure mirror port setting in the web configurator of Vigor2920 for using SmartMonitor 1 Please go to LAN gt LAN Port Mirror to setup the mirror port LAN gt gt LAN Port Mirror LAN Port Mirror Port Mirror Enable Disable Mirror port pe Ops p4 Mirrored port 2 Please enable the Port Mirror function first Select the Mirror port and Mirrored port the traffics of mirrored port
287. nd IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected Invert Selection If it is checked all the IPv6 addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 182 Dray Te k 4 6 4 IPv6 Group This page allows you to bind several IPv6 objects into one IPv6 group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IPvo Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name SERB REBrPrPrPrPEePe ee ee e ee ee u u SFEBBRBEEBEBRBEBEEER Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IPv6 Group Profile Index 1 Available IPv6 Objects Selected IPvb Objects of Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Dray Tek 183 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Available IPv6 Objects All the available IPv6 objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected Pv6 Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IPv6 objects in this box After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 6 5 Serv
288. nection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel PPTP Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server IPSec Tunnel Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or wi
289. nection types contain IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec and ISDN depends on hardware specification The web page is simple to understand and easy to configure Filly compliant with VPN Server LAN Sit Single Multi Network Mail Alert support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration Syslog support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration Specific ERD Environment Recovery Detection mechanism which can be operated by using Telnet command VPN Backup profile will be activated when initial connection of single VPN tunnel is off line Before setting VPN TRUNK backup profile please configure at least two sets of LAN to LAN profiles with fully configured dial out settings first otherwise you will not have selections for grouping Member and Memberz2 VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management Backup Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to LAN Profile is disabled or under Dial In Call Direction at present Wo Status Name Memberl active Type Members Active Type General Setup Status Enable Disable Memberi Please select a LAN to LAN Dial Out profile wt Member2 Please select a LaN to LaN Dial Out profile w Active Mode Backup Available settings are explained as follows Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 258 Dray Tek Dray Tek Item Backup Profile List General Setup
290. nel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF MioeES Mapes M AES Data will be encrypted and authentic Available settings are explained as follows Item Description IKE Authentication This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node Method LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre Shared Key Specify a key fo
291. ngs are OK or NoOt ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 359 5 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection ccccccccesssecceeceeeseceeeeeeeeceesseeeseeeeseeaeeceseeaaneeeess 359 5 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 360 5 7 Contacting Your Dealer cccccccccsssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaueaassaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseauaaeaacseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaes 361 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide viii Dray Te k Introduction Vigor2920 series is a broadband router It integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES DES 3DS the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers several protocols such as IPSec PPTP L2TP with up to 2 VPN tunnels The object based design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy with ease CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside Object based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition Vigor2920 series supports USB interface for connecting USB printer to share printer or USB storage devic
292. nnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP VPN Service Enable IPSec VPN Service Enable L2TP YPN Service Note If you intend running a YPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 10 4 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol pec Authentication TENUE aa aa Opti s MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set Assigned IP start LAN 1 192 165 1 200 Lan 2 192 168 2200 LAN 3 192 168 3200 LAN 4 Available settings are explained as follows ft Item Description Dial In PPP PAP Only elect this option to force the router to authenticate Authentication PAP dial in users with the PAP protocol Only PAP or CHAP Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Vigor2920 Series User s
293. nt device ON OFF WPS making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button twice to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration GigaLAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices WANI WAN2 Giga Connecters for remote networked devices USB Connecter for 3G Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dray Tek 5 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 1 2 3 For Vigor2920Vn Dray Tek Wireless LAN ON OFFIWPS ACT WLAN Line USB WANT Phonet Factory Reset CSM WAN2 Phone2 Phonet 2 Line LED Status ACT Activity Blinking USB Blinking i WLAN Blinking WANI 2 Blinking k Off Phone 1 2 On O Blinking 5 LED on Connector Left LED WANI Green Off Right LED On Green Off Left LED GigaLAN Green Off 1 2 3 4 Blinking Right LED Green Off Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 6 Vigor2920Vn Dual WAN Security Router GigaLAN gt 1 came rss J 2 3 4 WAN WAN2 Giga USB d Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB device is connected and ready for u
294. ntire routing table with the other nodes in the same subnet by sending receiving RIP packets DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Use LAN Port Specify an IP for IP Route Subnet If it is enabled DHCP server will assign IP address automatically for the clients coming from P1 and or P2 Please check the box of P1 and P2 Use MAC Address Check such box to specify MAC address MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2
295. ny Name Tech Ltd Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 all Country SWITZERLAND i Career Supervisor v 6 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile Gprareement Personal Information How did you find out about this website What kind of anti virus do you use would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Sdcomptetion Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 88 Internet v J Antivir v Global Server W Dray Tek 7 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E Preferences START 8 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek com Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation lnk below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 9 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen
296. o use DNS Force Vigor router to use DNS servers configured in server IP address LAN1 LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 instead of DNS servers given settings as specified in by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Inter LAN Routing Check the box to link two or more different subnets LAN and LAN After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Details Page for LAN1 LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN 1 IPv6 Setup Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server IP Address 192 166 1 1 L Enable Relay Agent Subnet Mask 255 255 2 Start IP Address 192 168 11 10 IP Pool Counts aso RIP Protocol Control Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 1 DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Network Configuration IP Address Type in IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 RIP Protocol Control Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default Enable can activate the RIP protocol DHCP Server DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The Configuration router by factory default acts a DHCP
297. object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 192 Dray Te k Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter 4 7 1 APP Enforcement Profile You can define poli
298. ode Index 1 15 Hide SSID SSID Isolate Channel Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Check the box to enable wireless function At present the router can connect to 11n Only 11g Only Mixed 11b 11g Mixed 1la 11n Mixed 11g 11n and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n 11g Only lIn Only Mixed 11b 1 1g Mixed 1 1g 11n Mixedt Tatlin Mixed T1b t gti ini In which 802 11b g operates on 2 4G band 802 1 1a operates on 5G band and 802 1 1n operates on either 2 4G or 5G band Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it VPN
299. ollowing graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP over IPSec Nice to Have Settings Profile Name VPN 2 YPN Dial OQut Through WANI First w O Always on Server IPHost Name for PM e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 5095 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Username Password IM lh Remote Network IP 0 0 0 0 Pemote Network Mask Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 232 Dray Te k Item VPN Dial Out Through Always On Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Security Method User Name Dray Tek Description Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only sla a WAMI First WANI First While connecting the router will use WAN1 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN1 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI Only While connecting the router will use WAN as the only channel for VPN connection WAN2 First While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN2 fails the router
300. ols in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu fay Router Tools V3 5 1 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 0 About Router Tools ER Firmware Uperade Utility i gt Uninstall Router Tools 3 5 1 Visit DrayTek Web Site 332 Dray Tek 3 From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router fit DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 Controls 192 168 1 1 v WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate Vigor series 0 0 TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed Rx Packets ee n aa aa LAN Status Firewall Log YPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Name vivian IP Address Mask MAC NIC Description SiS 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Sc _ 192 168 1 1 255 255 2 00 50 7F 54 6 NIC Information MAC Address 00 1 1 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 192 168 1 10 v DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 sat Mon Jan 22 Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 77 168 95 1 1 DNS Servers Lease Expires Thu Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 Refresh ADSL Status E Es Ts a E A 4
301. on page will be shown as follows VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Please Confirm Your Settings VPA Environment Site to Site YPN LAN to LAN Index 3 Profile Name VPA Serl Username serverl Allowed Service PPTP IPSec Peer IP VPN Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the YPN Connection Management Do another YPN Server Wizard setup View more detailed configurations Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Go to the VPN Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Connection Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Management Connection status Do another VPN Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Server Wizard through VPN Server Wizard Setup View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote configuration Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration 5 If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action Dray Tek 239 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 10 3 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tu
302. on to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download You are downloading the File ar j config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself my Documents a f My Computer My Recent my Network Places Documents i Ry5 COM Lite Annex ray 3 immm aston OMWsnap300 O TeleDanmark z Tools lt j config v2k2_ 232 config 1 v2k6_250_config_1 My Documents My Computer My Network Save as type Configuration file we 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 330 Dr ay Te k Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file rs Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Ba
303. onfiguration DNS Server IPv6 Address Static Pv6 Address configuration Current IPv6 Address Table list Enable Server Click it to enable DHCPV6 server DHCPv6 Server could assign IPv6 address to PC according to the Start End IPv6 address configuration Disable Server Click it to disable DHCPv6 server Start IPv6 Address End IPv6 Address Type the start and end address for IPv6 server Primary DNS Sever Type the IPv6 address for Primary DNS server Secondary DNS Server Type another IPv6 address for DNS server if required IPv6 Address Type static IPv6 address for LAN Prefix Length Type the fixed value for prefix length Add Click it to add a new entry Delete Click it to remove an existed entry Display current used IPv6 addresses Details Page for LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 Details Page for LAN2 to LAN4 will be available only when VLAN settings for LAN2 to LAN4 are configured and activated LAN gt gt General Setup Lan 2 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration Enable Disable For NAT Usage IP Address Subnet Mask 192 160 2 1 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server 192 166 2 10 IP Pool Counts 100 192 166 2 1 Start IP Address Gateway IP Address Available settings are explained as follows Item Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Click Enab
304. oose OTF mode InBand o InBand QCutBand RF C2033 SIP IMFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive 288 Dray Tek Item Description This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode Dr ay Te k 289 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 12 4 Status From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port VoIP gt Status Status Refresh Seconds Rx Elapse Tx Rx Rx In Out Miss Speaker Pom alas Eee PREKNI hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts pi Calls Calls Calls Gain Phonel IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 T 0 T 5 Fhone IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Log Date j Duration In Out Miss Account ID Peer ID ron dd yy yy OO0 O0 E 0 00 00 00 Oo0 O0 O0 O0 OO O0 O
305. oose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use mr Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer E Eidi AST lt a Canon y ee fle zy This driver is digitally signed windows Update Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings 9 a Brother HL 1070 Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port Description O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port Local Pot Printer Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 HP LaserJet 1300 Brother HL 1070 PDF995 11 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct pro
306. op C Block Ping of Death C Block ICMP fragment O Block UnknownProtocol Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Dos Defense Select All Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Click this button to select all the items listed below Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function 166 Dray Tek Dray Tek Item defense Enable PortScan detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block t
307. or using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 11n wireless function of Vigor2920 Vn and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN features of Vigor2920n Vn series Mobile Coffee shop Internet Web surfing E Mail Instant messaging etc VPN After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the third WAN port However the original Ethernet WAN1 WAN2 still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem in WAN3 also can be used as backup device Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 96 Dray Te k Therefore when WAN1 WAN2 is not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting automatically The supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on Draytek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Network Connection by IPv6 Due to the shortage of IPv4 address more and more countries use IPv6 to solve the problem However to continually use the original rich resources of IPv4 both IPv6 and IPv4 networks shall communicate for each other via intercommunication mechanism to complete the shifting job from IPv4 to IPv6 gradually At present there are three common types of intercommunication mechanisms Dual Stack The user can use both IPv4 and IPv6 techniques at the same time That means adding an IPv6 stack on the origin network layer to let the host own the communication
308. otocol of the internet please choose PPTP L2TP from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPTP L2TP Client Mode PPP Setup Enable PPTP O Enable L2TP Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Server Address Po Idle Timeout aoo second s Specify Gateway IP Address IP Address Assignment Method vc Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP ISP Access Setup Fixed IP Address fs Username anti network Settings Password o Obtain an IP address automatically Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Specify an IP address eS eS gt IP Address Subnet Mask MTU Max 1460 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description PPTP L2TP Client Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client Mode to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP or L2TP Server Address Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode Specify Gateway IP Address Specify the gateway IP address for DHCP server ISP Access Setup Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of Vi
309. ou choose such mode the router will apply the filter rules configured in User Management gt gt User Profile to the users Rule Based If you choose such mode the router will apply the filter rules configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup and Filter Rule to the users After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 170 Dray Te k 4 5 2 User Profile This page allows you to set customized profiles up to 200 which will be applied for users controlled under User Management Simply open User Management gt gt User Profile User Management gt gt User Profile User Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name admin System Reservation LAN User_Group_1 WLAN User Group 4 WLAN User Group B le b le b RE Bre rPre PP ee ee ba J ted Pad Id I Pd jea Pd I jed fee j j SPE BBREEBEEBBEES EE i iy Cad Mi i teal on ee 7 CA no oF ro j Mi oa k Mi no oi on k no Pd Lo Cal Po i Y Fas mT a To set the user profile please click any index number link to open the following page Notice that profile 1 admin and profile 2 System Reservation are factory default settings Profile 2 is reserved for future use Click any index number to open the following configuration page User Management gt User Profile A Profile Index 3 Enable this account Confirm Password fo I
310. own on the screen Please type the account and password that you created previously And click Login a E y LOGIN Please take a moment to register Membership Registration entitles you to upgrade firmware for your purchased product and receive news about upcoming products and services UserName james fae Auth Code txxhdd If you cannot read the word click here Forgotten password Login Don t have a My igor Account Create an account now Become tne Myviger member you can receive fhe e newsleffer update Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 34 Dr ay Tek 4 The following page will be displayed after you logging in MyVigor From this page please click Add or Product Registration Dray Tek My Information D About Us Welcome james_fae Product Last Login Time 2011 08 24 09 39 13 Last Login From 123 110 144 220 O My Information Current Login Time 2011 08 24 23 01 15 Current Login From 114 37 142 164 i VigorAcs SI ee RowNo 5 w PageNo Vigor Series Your Device List Q Management serial Number D N Product Host ID A E Registration 104001703857 Vigor 710 Vigor2710 h Customer Survey 200807100001 YVigorPro5300 VigorPro5300 200911030001 ryan YigorPro5300 Note Below the field of Your Device List all the Vigor routers that you have registered to MyVigor website will be displayed in sequence 5 When the following page appears please typ
311. p None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None or Keyword Group None Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages Upload Check the box to block the file upload by way of web page File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously for passing or blocking the file downloading After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 2
312. phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOffl TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn1 and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt Phone 1 Tone Settings Region User Defined Caller ID Type FSk_ETsl w Low Freq High Freq Toni Toffi Ton T off 2 Hz Dial tone 350 Ringing tone 400 Busy tone 400 Congestion tone 400 Volume Gain Mic Gaing1 104 Speaker Gainf1 103 MISC Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 Ring Frequency 10 SOH2 Call Waiting Tone Power Level i 30 Hz msec msec msec msec 440 o jo jo Jf _ 450 o0 200 400 2000 o DTMF Payload Type RFC2833 cee ie ior fa Bo bo m mn mo 4 Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Region Description Select the proper region which yo
313. pplication gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 8 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable IP Routed Subnet Disable Default TX Limit Default RX Limit L Allow auto adjustment to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List Index Start IP Specific Limitation End IP TX limit RX limit Shared startip sends sd Each OShared TX Limit RX Limit C Smart Bandwidth Limit For any LAN IP Not in Limitation List when session number exceeds 1000 TX Limit RX Limit Note For TX RX a setting of 0 means unlimited bandwidth Time Schedule Indexf 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 206 Dray Tek To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Bandwidth Limit Limitation Li
314. pt the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Below is an example of service type objects settings Service Type Object Profiles Index Name 1 SIP ETF 3 Dray Tek 185 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 6 6 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name iad fad fd IP PIP DID I I fe ja ja Mm ee I eee SO eS ee ee I ee ee ee Soe rFBR ESB PEP rPrPePrPeePee Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this profile Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 186 Dray Te k Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Name Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects 1 SIP 2 RTP Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type All the available service ob
315. puserfolder_htm Microsoft Internet Explorer USB User Management Choose Folder Folder Name Create New Home Folder Folder Name test Create Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a z 0 9 _ and space Only 11 characters are allowed Access Rule It determines the authority for such profile Any user who uses such profile for accessing into USB storage disk must follow the rule specified here File Check the items Read Write and Delete for such profile Directory Check the items List Create and Remove for such profile Before you click OK you have to insert a USB storage disk into the USB interface of the Vigor router Otherwise you cannot save the configuration 4 14 3 File Explorer File Explorer offers an easy way for users to view and manage the content of USB storage disk connected on Vigor router USB Application gt gt File Explorer File Explores O 2 Current Path Rename Upload File Select a file Browse Upload Note The folder can not be deleted when it is not empty Dray Te k 317 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Click this icon to refresh files list Refresh D Back Click this icon to return to the upper directory gt Click this icon to add a new folder Create Current Path Display current folder Upload Click this button to upload the sele
316. r s Guide Item Setup Auto Update interval View Log Force Update Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active Description Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service Display DDNS log status Force the router updates its information to DDNS server Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s Display the WAN interface used Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Display if this account is active or inactive 3 Select Index number to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Applications gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic ONS Account WAN Interface WANI First Service Provider dyndns org bww dyndns org ka Service Type Dynamic w Domain Name chronic6653 dyndns info v Login Name chronicBBS3 00 max 64 characters Password ssssssos0s0 max 23 characters O Wildcards C Backup Mx C Force WAN IP Update Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description
317. r s Guide LAN gt LAN Port Mirror LAN Port Mirror Port Mirror O Enable Disable Mirror port Ope Ops p4 Mirrored port CPi O P2 Ces F4 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Port Mirror Check Enable to activate this function Or check Disable to close this function Mirror Port Select a port to view traffic sent from mirrored ports Mirrored port Select which ports are necessary to be mirrored After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 2 7 Wired 802 1x IEEE 802 1x is an IEEE Standard for port based Network Access Control PNAC It is part of the IEEE 802 1 group of networking protocols It provides an authentication mechanism for the device that is attached to a LAN or WLAN Wired 802 1x provides authentication for one network device on each LAN port The RADIUS Server settings must be configured before enabling 802 1x because the EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol Authenticator relies on the RADIUS Server in its authentication process Each LAN port with Wired 802 1x configured will only forward 802 1x packets and block all other packets until the authentication has successfully completed LAN gt Wired 802 1x Wired 802 1x LAN 802 1x LJ Enable 802 1x ports Pi P2 P3 P4 Please note that 802 1x enabled LAN ports will support EAPOL authentication for one network device only Therefore 802 1x enabled LAN ports will have issues wh
318. r Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections if there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation WAN Connection Detection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 106 Dray Tek Dray Tek Item RIP Protocol Bridge Mode WAN IP Network Settings Description Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function If you check this box to invoke the function the router will work as a bridge This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and woul
319. r IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 242 Dray Te k 4 10 6 IPSec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity x509 Peer ID Accounts Set to Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status 1 777 x if 2 x 2 777 x 18 2 x a 777 x 15 oF x 4 777 x 20 2 x 5 777 x 1 777 x 6 777 x 22 777 x i 777 x Pe 777 x a 777 x 24 2 x g 779 w 25 7979 kd 10 777 x 26 777 x 11 777 x Ze 2 x 12 777 x 23 2 x 13 777 x Fae le 27 x 14 777 x 30 2 x 15 777 x 31 777 x 16 777 x az PP x Each item will be explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Click it to clear all
320. r Mame draytek_userl Password FEE Type of YPN PPTP LET IPSec Tunnel COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption O Mo encryption O Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner 3 9 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in the restroom 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction Masa ASE GIMSE Others Pn one 1 2 a Control Statistics WANT Disable 10000Kbps 10000kKbps 25 2585 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Gee 2555 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit Dray Tek 75 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 2 Click Setup link of WAN Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction WANT General Setup Enable the QoS Control 3 Set Inbound O
321. r sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any 167 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Block Ping of Death Block ICMP Fragment Block Unknown Protocol Warning Messages
322. r syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Available parameters are explained as follows Item Description Activate via Interface Choose WAN interface used by such device for activating Web Content Filter Activate via interface auto selected w a ut T i 5 E ect p d WAN 1 WAN 2 WAR 3 Activate The Activate link brings you accessing into www vigorpro com to finish the activation of the account and the router Authentication Message As for authentication information of web filter the process of authenticating will be displayed on this field for your reference Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 338 Dray Te k Below shows the successful activation of Web Content Filter System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Activate Status Commtouch Start Date 2010 O07 27 Expire Date 2010 08 27 Authentication Message Activated Wiz Activated Wizard query license status Successtul 2010 07 27 05 47 13 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset 4 16 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics
323. race router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Description Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacke
324. re Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will be replaced by 8863 For example dial number of 031111111 will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to SIP server Dray Tek 273 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item OP Number Min Len Max Len Route Move UP Move Down Call Barring Description Mode The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example 1f the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available This item will be changed according to the port settings configured in VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Click the link to move the selected entry up or down Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that 1s not welcomed VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Index Call Direction FrrerrrPrrernee ny ny mk k mk Pat Vf Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block I
325. rements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may
326. ress Table Index IPv6 Address Prefix Length Scope 1 2001 4DD0 FFO00 8805 250 7FFF FEEA TEEO 64 Global 2 FES0 250 7FFF FEEA TEEO 64 Link 2 Inthe field of RADVD Configuration the default setting is Enable The client s PC will ask RADVD service for the Prefix of IPv6 address automatically and generate an Interface ID by itself to compose a full and unique IPv6 address 3 In the field of HCPv6 Server Configuration when DHCPvV6 service is enabled you can assign available IPv6 address for the client manually Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 44 Dray Te k lll Confirming IPv6 Service Run Successfully 1 Make sure you have get the correct IPv6 IP address Get into MS DOS interface and type the command of ipconfig Refer to the following figure EN CAWINDO WSisystem32 cmd exe Jol x settings Owner gt ipconfig C Documents and Ethernet adapter Test Line 5 Connection specific DNS Suffix Ferer eee SR SBS BSE Sees a STE feet MASE a oes te abate ate ats ane ats at Bet BetaulicGakeway 2b ee ee ee Ethernet adapter Draylek Virtual Interface Marree oon eee ER BEG From the above figure we can see IPv6 IP address has been detected by the system 2 Use the Ping command to ping any IPv6 address indicating an IPv6 website For example www kame net is a website supporting IPv4 IP and IPv6 IP services Its IPv6 address is seen with a format of 2001 200 dff fff 2 16 3eff feb 1 44d7 GY C A
327. ress oy oe oe COI Show Comment Note IP MaAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Disable Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Strict Bind Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 136 Dray Te k ARP Table This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below Select All Click this link to select all the items in the ARP table Sort Reorder the table based on the IP address Refresh Refresh the ARP table listed below to obtain the newest ARP table information Add and Edit IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address Comment Type a brief description for such list IP Bind List It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information Add It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC ad
328. riate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Display the protocol used for this address mapping Display the public IP address selected for this entry e g 172 16 3 102 Display the private IP set for this address mapping e g 192 168 1 10 Display the subnet mask selected for this address mapping Display the status for the entry enable or disable Click the index number link to open the configuration page NAT gt Address Mapping Index No 1 Enable Protocol WAN Interface WARD IP Private IP Subnet Mask TCR WANT r ia Available settings are explained as follows Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 148 Dray Tek Item Description Enable Check to enable this entry Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or ALL for selection WAN Interface Choose the WAN interface for such address mapping profile WAN IP Select an IP address Local host can use this IP to connect to Internet If you want to choose any one of the Public IP settings you must specify some IP addresses in the IP Alias List of the Static DHCP Configuration page first If you did not type in any IP address in the IP Alias List the Public IP setting will be empty in this field When you click OK a message will appear to inform you Private IP Assign an IP address e g 192 168 1 10 or a subnet to be compared with the Public IP address for incoming packets Subnet Mas
329. rk traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Dray Te k 291 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only Multiple SSIDs Vigor router supports four SSID settings for wireless connections Each SSID can be defined with different name and download upload rate for selecting by stations connected to the router wirelessly Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is sep
330. rming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management Certificate Management Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request window Dray Tek 265 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address v IP Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Orginization 0 Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E Key Type Key Size Generate Type in all the information that the window requests Then click Generate again Import Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information Refresh
331. rnal users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Dray Tek 139 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Internet Destined to The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Set to Factory Default Index Service Name Protocol Public Port Private IP Status x L 2 X 4 5 6 I 8 9 10 Each item is explained as follows Item Description Index Display the number of the profile Service Name Display the description of the specific network service Protocol Display the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Public Port Display the port number which will be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host Private IP Display the IP address of the internal host providing the Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 140 Dr ay Te k service Status Display if the profile is enabled v or not x Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection NAT gt gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WEAK IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Available settings are exp
332. rnet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP LATP Static IP DHCP 2 Click PPPoE as the Internet Access Type Then click Next to open the following page Quick Start Wizard PPPoE Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name and password provided by your ISP User Name o4005 755 ahinet net Confirm Password Available settings are explained as follows Item Description User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Dray Tek 19 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard Please manually enter the Username Password provided by your ISP Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPPoE Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK I 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Vigor2920 Series User
333. rnet always or such WAN interface will be treated as backup WAN interface Note In default each WAN port is enabled Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 98 Dray Tek Detailed Settings for WAN1 WAN2 Interface via Ethernet Be aware that WAN2 is fixed with physical mode of Giga Ethernet WAN gt General Setup WAN 1 Enable Display Name Ps Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Line Speed Kbps DownLink lo Uplink los VLAN Tag Insertion Tag value jos o 4095 Priority lo 0 7 Send 5M5 if line drops out Send Mail Alert if line drops out LJ Active Mode WAN 1 0 WAN 2 O0 WAN 3 ey ae as backup for When any of selected WAN disconnect multiple WAN When all of selected WAN disconnect Cancel Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Display Name Type the description for such WAN interface Physical Mode Display the physical mode of such WAN interface Physical Type You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system Auto negotiation W Auto ne qotiation 10M half duplex Physical Type 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex Line Speed Type the real line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps VLAN Tag ins
334. rofile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 6 8 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Name bed fled id ed JRO Ro Im RO IR IK Ro Ro fee fae fa SS Ro fae S ee foo io fen je fee im ja jo fe feo I g Bo e e EBB EB rer pe p e e y eB Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this profile Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Dray Tek 189 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects Keyword 1 2 keyword 2 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this group Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page Objects within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in this box Select
335. roper operation Please configure WAN1 WAN2 and WAN3 settings This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 WAN2 and WANS respectively Note In default WANI is enabled WAN2 is optional Dray Tek 97 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide WAN gt General Setup Load Balance Mode Auto Weight v Setup Index Enable WAN V WAN V WANS V Mode Type Downtink UpLink Active Mode Ethernet Auto negotiation 0 0 Always On Ethernet Auto negotiation 0 0 Always On USB 0 0 Always On Note Line Speed only used for load balance mode according to Line Speed Each item is explained as follows Item Load Balance Mode Index Enable Physical Mode Type Line Speed Active Mode Description This option is available for multiple WAN for getting enough bandwidth for each WAN port If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weight to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode Auto Weight ke Auto Weight According to Line Speed Click the WAN interface link under Index to access into the WAN configuration page V means such WAN interface is enabled and ready to be used Display the physical mode and physical type of such WAN interface Display the downstream and upstream rate of such WAN interface Display whether such WAN interface is connected and allows to access into Inte
336. router to factory default via Web page Such function is available in Admin Mode only Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 360 Dray Tek System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory Reset ACT WCF DoS USB WAN1 VPN Factory Reset CSM WAN2 QoS After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request 5 7 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support DrayTek com Dray Tek 361 Vigor2920 Series U
337. s Sports L Fashion amp Beauty Li Education Cl Health amp Medicine Personal Sites LJ Religion Translators Greeting cards Cl Parked Domains Note If the Web Content Filter WCF powered by Commtouch is not activated the above settings will not be valid Available settings are explained as follows Item Black White List Dray Tek Description Enable Activate white black list function for such profile Group Object Selections Click Edit to choose the group or object profile as the content of white black list Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below 203 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description Action Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Log None There is
338. s and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization 1s required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor2920 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor2920 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor2920n Vn with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth f
339. s gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis ipv4 Ou1pve Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping through Unspecified IP Address O O O Run Ping to Result Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis ping pve Address S O Result Clear Each item is explained as follows Item Description IPV4 IPV6 Choose the protocol for such function Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 348 Dray Te k want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Ping IPv6 Address Type the IPv6 address that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 4 16 10 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route IPV4 COUPYE Trace through Unspecified Protocol ICMP Run Result Clear
340. s Guide 92 Dray Tek 8 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password Then type the code in the box of Auth Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor lf you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code T4Ahe1C lf you cannot read the word click here Forget password Don t have a MyVider Account 7 Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 889 3 597 2727 oF email to webmastena draytek com Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into MyVigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want Dray Tek 93 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide This page 1s left blank Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 94 Dray Te k Advanced Web Configuration This chapter will guide users to execute advanced full configuration through admin mode operation 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for administration operation Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that Admin mode will be displayed on the bottom left side Vigor2920 Series E Dray Tek Dual WAN
341. s IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click IPv6 Neighbour Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View IPv6 Neighbour Table lFv6 Neighbour Table Refresh ELi e IPv6 Address Hac Address Interface State a IFFO2 2 a23 33 00 00 00 02 LAN CONNECTED HEUSs eles 33 33 00 01 00 03 LAN CONNECTED FE BO SD5R ET4 8751 24468 eb Gd 8T 87 69 2f LAN STALE FF0211 eral A446 33 33 f 51 a4 4b LAN CONNECTED FES0 250 7FFF FECS 1E79 00 50 T7 c9 le TG LAN STALE FE20 250 TEEF FECH 4305 G6 30 Ti c8 43 05 LAN STALE FF02 1 33 33 00 00 00 01 LAN CONNECTED FF Z 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 USB2 CONNECTED FRO2 1 2 do0 00 00 00 00 00 USB2 CONNECTED FE20 9D5C CA26 5428 3CAT 00 26 2d fe 63 4 LAN STALE IFFOD FFOA 673C 33 32 f Oa 67 3c LAT CONNECTED FEBO 13 CEFF FEOQA 673C 00 13 ce OQa 67 3c LAN SPF ra FFOZ 1 FFBO B00c 33 33 f bO bo Oc LAN CONNECTED FE80 90 1400 242 4D52 10 00 00 00 00 00 USB2 CONNECTED EFF02 16 33 33 00 00 00 16 LAN CONNECTED a Each item is explained as follows Item Description Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 342 Dray Tek Item Description Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 16 5 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt
342. s User s Guide Item Description You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID 1s limited to 47 characters 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username ogg IPSec Tunnel VJ Compression on off L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method C Specify Remote VPN Gateway Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 5095 orPeerID i O Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Hight ESP DES 3DES AES 4 Gre over IPSec Settings C Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec O Logical Trafic My GREIP Perce 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP ooon i first subnet to remote network you hawe to o Remote Network IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 192 168 1 1 l Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Local Network IP Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 More Available s
343. s connecting to USB storage disk at one time Default Charset At present Vigor router supports three types of character sets default GB2312 and BIGS Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 314 Dray Te k Item Samba Service Settings Access Mode NetBios Name Service Description Default 662512 BIG5 Default Charset is for English based file name For Simplified Chinese file directory names please choose GB2312 for Traditional Chinese file directory names choose BIGS Click Enable to invoke samba service via the router LAN Only Users coming from internet cannot connect to the samba server of the router LAN And WAN Both LAN and WAN users can access samba server of the router For the NetBios service of USB storage disk you have to specify a workgroup name and a host name A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name can have as many as 15 characters and the host name can have as many as 23 characters Both them cannot contain any of the following lt gt Workgroup Name Type a name for the workgroup Host Name Type the host name for the router 4 14 2 USB User Management This page allows you to set profiles for FTP Samba users Any user who wants to access into the USB storage disk must type the same username and password configured in this page Before adding or modifying settings in this page please insert a USB storage disk first Otherwise
344. s will be forwarded to mirror port For example if we select P2 as mirror port and mirrored ports are P1 P3 and P4 then P1 P3 and P4 will forward the traffic to P2 When the LAN Port Mirror is configured correctly just connect the PC installed with SmartMonitor to the mirror port Note Please pay attention that the mirror port will fail to get IP from Vigor2920 It means that any computer connects to mirror port can not access Vigor2920 or Internet and only can be used as a monitor device Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 62 Dray Tek 3 7 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address RouterA 220 135 240 208 Router B 220 135 240 210 Headquarter Remote Branch Office 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 0 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Di
345. se ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 5 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows l 2 4 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or emd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear w Command Prompt Microsoft Windows AFP Version 5 1 2688 lt C gt Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings fae ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum ms Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear If the line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For Mac OS Terminal 1 2 e 4 Double click
346. se The data is transmitting The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application can be enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu Wireless access point is ready It will blink slowly while wireless traffic goes through If ACT and WLAN LEDs blink quickly and simultaneously when WPS is working and it will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within 2 minutes The WANI or WAN2 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data A PSTN phone call comes in and out However when the phone call is disconnected the LED will be off There is no PSTN phone call The phone connected to this port is off hook The phone connected to this port is on hook A phone call comes The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Dray Tek ek Vigor2920Vn Dual WAN Security Router Wirelass LAH ON OFF WPS Interface Description Wireless LAN Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button once to wait for client device ON OFF WPS making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN ON OF
347. se the drop down list to choose any one of them IPF precedence 1 IF precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence b IP precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop AF Class High Drop AF Classe Low Drop AF Class2 Medium Drop AF Class High Drop AF Classa Low Drop Medium Drop High Drop Low Drop i Medium Drop High Drop Dray Tek 285 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Detailed Settings for Phone Port Click the number link for Phone port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phone Call Feature Default SIP Account I Hotline Oe O Play dial tone only when account registered Cl Session Timer 90 sec C T 38 Fax Function Error Correction Mode REDUNDANCY C DND Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup LEE LAL Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index 1 60 in Phone Book as Exception List ALE EE AL C CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Available settings are explained as follows Item Hotline Session Timer T 38 Fax Function DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Check the box to enable the f
348. sed only in IKE aggressive mode After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 248 Dray Tek 4 10 8 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router supports up to 32 VPN tunnels simultaneously The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Setto Factory Default View All Trunk Index Name Active Status Index Name Active Status 1 222 LJ a 17 C ee Ae a a 18 Ol m 3 PP LI 19 C 4 Bi LJ 20 F i 5 ma d 21 Ol 6 yh a 72 Ol fee Le d lt a 23 Cl E 8 Oo 24 277 E me 9 Lis d n 25 777 F 10 eae ad a 26 C a 11 277 d a 27 C 12 PP LJ ae 28 C ee 13 Taa d 29 2 C ZET 14 P LJ a 30 Ol 15 BE LJ E H O 16 LJ aoe 32 C XXXXXX This Dial out profile has already joined for VPN Backup Mechanism XXXXXX This Dial out profile does not join for VPN TRUNK Each item will be explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Click to
349. see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box 163 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description FF DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 197 16 1 1 z WAN Information WAMI IF Fixed 172 16 2 213 LAN Status Ts Packets Re Packets Wiahl2 IP Fixed 20459 15285 Tool Setup Telnet Read ont Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEP AGE 950 4NSLOEM Traditional Chinese Bigo O0al 21 O0a6 Fe 0089 63 O0aa 61 O0ad 2d 00ae 52 00b2 32 00b3 33 00b9 31 OOba ot Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule DrayTek Banner Please uncheck this box and the following screen will not be shown for the unreachable web page The default setting is Enabled The requested Web page has been blocked by Web Content Filter Please contact your system administrator for further information Powered by Draytek Strict Security Checking All the packets while transmitting through Vigor router will be filtered by firewall settings configured by Vigor router When the resource
350. seeceecseueecececeeuseceeessaeeeessuaeeeeessaeeeesessageeeess 337 AASA I UO MM a EE on E E EE R E ERE 338 aSa De elg SSS e E E E E E E E A E T 339 A 1o i Diakour IGG CHING seeria e seceneaiaeectaee 340 4162 ROUINO TADIG scasssaicececccun seat na E Ea aea aie 341 416 3 ARP Cache Table sxisay cases ganneseceneses sepeueesaneasaccsevarae naas ana TEANA EEan E anei 342 4 16 4 IPv6 Neighbour Table ercceecscdcocesseseseavacdeedexensaseecsendedeeeacdsedevacdedeasaedecesizacdsedevecsadesndedees 342 LICS OHOP TADE eene E E 343 4 16 6 NAT Sessions Table scacece ge axeccecen snes cecavactecentaegsapcseosacenvacccadeacanceupanaesecesesessedeuessenestasoseee 344 4 16 7 Dala FOW MOMIO sersan nenna Ea anA E EA A EANET NEANS 345 MG Traio TaD eina E EE E E 347 al A a eE Sne e E E E E E E 348 4 16 10 Traco ROUE sence sasuctestaitadposnnttanhsangasdanasnsiansialyseduintietunhiauiaicoresytaeoiubsknnebiaueneeasettanadanfaales 349 ATO AT Oyog MONON Chi seese en E a a a Snia 351 AICA ry A e r R E A A 352 ANT ENa DEVICE Sorn E A 353 Tro Dle SIO O UG sesinin sanesane ss neceeaseaevetadweeceeudenectee 355 5 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or NoOt cccssssseesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaseeseeeeseeeeeeeess 355 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 6 356 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer cccccccccccssssssseeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaaeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 358 5 4 Checking If the ISP Setti
351. self to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect 1 SYN flood attack 9 SYN fragment 2 UDP flood attack 10 Fraggle attack 3 ICMP flood attack 11 TCP flag scan 4 Port Scan attack 12 Tear drop attack 5 IP options 13 Ping of Death attack 6 Land attack 14 ICMP fragment 7 Smurf attack 15 Unknown protocol 8 Trace route Below shows the menu items for Firewall Dray Tek 153 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Default Rule Call Filter Data Filter
352. ser s Guide Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 362 Dr ay Te k
353. ser Password LJEnable User Mode for simple web configuration User Password Old Password fs Mew Password fs Confirm Password fs Available parameters are explained as follows Item Description Enable User Mode for Check this box to enable user mode operation If you do not simple web check this box you cannot access into the user mode operation configuration even if you enter user password in login page Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Below shows an example for accessing into User Operation with User Password 1 Open System Maintenance gt gt User Password 2 Check the box of Enable User Mode for simple web configuration to enable user mode operation Type a new password in the field of New Password and click OK System Maintenance gt gt User Password Enable User Mode for simple web configuration User Password Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 326 Dray Te k 3 The following screen will appear Simply click OK System Maintenance gt gt User Password Your configuration is saved Password changed successfully 4 Log out Vigor router Web Configurator Product Registration All Rights Reserved 5 The following windo
354. server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server If your LAN has another DHCP server please click it to disable the DHCP server of this device However If you LAN does not have any DHCP server you can manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Dray Tek 125 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Description Enable Relay Agent Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for this subnet The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DNS Server IP Address DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also they ma
355. sis cerca ce E qocesacenwacsntacuscsoace aceceteeeacdee 206 48 AUAI OF SOIC O ansman aara auaatennataeoaeavaadancesprsedadeacdnenrenioana ns 209 BD POUCA OMS E E A A E AE EA A E A T EE A E E E E 217 ATDA ANG DN S senene E E ote gece eee ete et 217 A Ba 6 216 0 gt eee e E E EE E E E ee eee 219 4O FRADIUS cerre E E E eee 222 71S or ae E ee ee ee ee ene 223 a GOME ee E E ves aasussuas wlgaeeaensasnneunaeees 225 4 9 6 Wake on LAN cccccccccesecccaseeceaeeeceeeeeceuseecaueessanessageeseaeeseeeecaueeesageeseageessaseessueeseeees 226 4 9 7 Short Message SCLVICE ccc cceeeeeeecccceeceeeseeceeeeeeseaesseeeeeeeseaeesseeeeeeessseaaseeeeseesssaaeeeeeeees 227 4 10 VPN and Remote ACCESS cccccseeecceseeeeeeceeeeecneeeeeseaeeeesseeeeseueeeeseeeeessaueeessaeeesesseeeeeeas 228 AVO VPN CIMT WV IZAl O ooe E E eeuieeaveniuesoerseeeeces 228 4 10 2 VPN Server WIZAN Oseni ai E ERER EEE taal RARA 235 4 10 3 Remote Access COntrOl ccccccccccccccsssseseceeeeceeeseeceeeeeeeseasseeeeeeesseaaeeeeeeeeessaaaseeeeeess 240 4 10 4 PPP General Setup eisni aaa E E Aa a a aE aa AE EE RARE 240 4 10 5 IPSec General SQtup rrisin EE AAE EERE 241 4 10 6 IPSec Peer ldentity ccccccccccessseeeeceeeseeeeeceeeeceeesseueceeessaaecesessaaeeeeesssagseeessaaeeeess 243 4 10 7 Remote Dial in User 0 0 0 cccccccscccccssseecceeseeecsaeeeceeuseeeseaseeessaeeecsauseeeseaseeessageeessageees 245 aO SLAN O CAN e a E E E E E 249 4 10 9 VPN TRUNK Manag
356. st Specific Limitation Smart Bandwidth Limit Description Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth IP Routed Subnet Check this box to apply the bandwidth limit to the second subnet specified in LAN gt gt General Setup Disable Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Default TX limit Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Default RX limit Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN Allow auto adjustment Check this box to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth End IP Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth Each Shared Select Each to make each IP within the range of Start IP and End IP having the same speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields select Shared to make all the IPs within the range of Start IP and End IP share the speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index
357. sword again for confirmation If the user is idle over the limitation of the timer the network connection will be stopped for such user By default the Idle Timeout is set to 10 minutes Such profile can be used by many users You can set the limitation for the number of users accessing Internet with the conditions of such profile The default setting is 0 which means no limitation in the number of users It is available only when User Based mode selected in User Management gt gt General Setup Detault Defa ult 7 Create Mew Folic Default If you choose such item the filter rules pre configured in Firewall can be adopted for such user profile Create New Policy If you choose such item the following page will be popped up for you to define another filter rule as a new policy 172 Dray Tek Dray Tek Item External Service Authentication Log Pop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Description Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Comments O O Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup it Source IP Any Destination IP Any Service Type Any For the detailed configuration simply refer to Firewall gt gt Filter Rule The firewall filter rules that are not selected in Firewall gt gt General gt gt Default rule can be available for use in User Management gt gt User Profile The router will authenticate the dial in user by itself or by ext
358. t As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 142 Dray Te k Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN WAN 2 WANS WAN 1 Private IP O Choose PC MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host loo foo oo foo oo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on Available settings are explained as follows Item Description WAN 1 Choose Private IP or Active True IP first Active True IP selection is available for WAN1 only WAN 1 Private
359. t Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Dray Tek 111 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Details Page for Dynamic IP DHCP Client in WAN3 To use 4G Wimax LTE for accessing the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select Dynamic IP DHCP Client mode for WAN3 The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 3 4G Wimax LTE OEnable Disable SIM PIN code fs Network Mode Default 4G6 3G 2G APN Name fs MTU Default 1380 LTE software version LTE hardware version Available settings are explained as follows Item Description 4G Wimax LTE Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Network Mode Force Vigor router to connect Internet with the
360. t Wizard setup view more detailed configurations Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Go to the VPN Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Connection Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Management Connection status Do another VPN Server Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Wizard Setup through VPN Server Wizard View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote configuration Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 234 Dray Te k 4 10 2 VPN Server Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN server Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial in connection from client to server step by step VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment VPM Server Mode Selection site ta Site VPN LAN to L4N v Please choose a L4N to Lan Profile Index Status Name we Please choose a Dial in User Accounts Allowed Dial in Type PPTR IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy Available settings are explained as follows Item VPN Server Mode Selection Please choose a LAN to LAN Profile Dray Tek Description Choose the direction for the VPN server Site to Site VPN To set a LAN to LAN profile automatically please choose Site to Site VPN Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access
361. tely k F Branch to Other Filter Set Sessions Control 07 Eoo O MAC Bind IP Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Edit Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Check to enable the Check this box to enable the filter rule Filter Rule Comments Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Index 1 15 Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Clear sessions when Check this box to clear all the sessions when the schedule is schedule ON configured and specified above Direction Set the direction of packet flow It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic Dray Tek 159 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Source Destination IP Service Type Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description LAMRTAPN gt VAN LANRTAVPN gt WAN WAN gt LAMER TAY PN LANM RTYPN gt LAMRTAPN Note RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges E IP Address Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer IP Addr
362. tem will start to find out such device within several seconds Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 318 Dray Te k 4 14 5 Syslog Explorer Such page provides real time syslog and displays the information on the screen USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog L Enable Web Syslog Refresh Clear Syslog Type Display Mode Stop record when fulls w Time Message For Web Syslog Available parameters are explained as follows Item Enable Web Syslog Description Check this box to enable the function of Web Syslog Syslog Type Use the drop down list to specify a type of Syslog to be displayed ser we Display Mode There are two modes for you to choose eae Stoo record when fu Il z Always record the new event Stop record when fulls when the capacity of syslog is full the system will stop recording Always record the new event only the newest events will be recorded by the system Time Display the time of the event occurred Message Display the information for each event Dray Te k 319 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide For USB Syslog This page displays the syslog recorded on the USB storage disk USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog Folder n a File n a Page n a Log Type n a Time Log Type Message Each item is explained as follows Item Description Time Display the time of the event occurred Log Type Display the type of the record
363. ter mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 Host with Host with l Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Dray Te k 305 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt gt WDS WDS Settings Mode Security Disable WEP Use the same WEP key set in Security Settings Pre shared Key Type DrayTek WPA Key digits leading by Ox Ox65Sabed WEP Settings WPA aa Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal for example cfgsOlaz or Pre shared Key Setto Factory Default Bridge Enable Peer MAC Addr at 1 L JL 1 JL JL 1 ILL CHOH Note Disable unused links to get better performance wo Repeater WDA Enable Access Point Function Enable Disable Status Send Hello message to peers Note The status is valid only when the peer alsa supports this function Available settings are explained as follows Item Mode Security WEP Pre shared Key Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first
364. th different conditions Objects Setting gt IPv Object IPvb Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name a oo fo Pe Pa PO Pe Pa PR PR PR PR e em fee et Pot fem ad Pt fe a Nl FRaEBR EB rer rPePreee iy iy ie Pose 33 4 gt gt Next gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IPvb Object Profile Index 1 Address Type Mac Address oo Joo loo foo oo oo Prefix Len fo Invert Selection C Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Dray Te K 181 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Address Type Determine the address type for the IPv6 address Select Single Address if this object contains one IPv6 address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPv6s within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IPv6 address Select Any Address if this object contains any IPv6 address Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address Range Address Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Mac Address MAC Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be controlled Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type E
365. th high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Index Status Setto Factory Default UDP on Class Class Class Others Bandwidth Online 2 Statistics Control Direction WANI Enable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive status Setup WAN Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN3 Disable 100000Kbps 100000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit Enable the First Prioroty for VoIP SIP RTP SIP UDP Port 5060 Default 5060 Available settings are explained as follows Item General Setup Class Rule Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Index Display the WAN interface number that you can edit Status Display if the WAN interface is available for such function or not Bandwidth Display the inbound and outbound bandwidth setting for the WAN interface Direction Display which direction that such function will influence Class 1 Class2 Class 3 Others Display the bandwidth percentage for each class UDP Bandwi
366. th the router See Statistics Addto WDS Settings AP s MAC address I yeh db Bridge Repeater Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 310 Dray Te k Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Scan It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be shown on the box above this button Statistics It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs Wireless LAN gt gt Site Survey Statistics Recommended channels for usage 1234567891011 1213 AP number v s Channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Channel Cancel Add to If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page Dray Tek 311 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 13 10 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPAe Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass WPA PSK authentication TZ PFPIM
367. that registered to different SIP Registrar servers If caller and callee do not use the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured Loop through Choose PSTN to enable loop through function None PSTN Backup Phone Number When the VoIP phone is obstructs or the Internet breaks down for some reasons the backup phone will be dialed out to replace the VoIP phone number At this time the phone call will be changed from VoIP phone into PSTN call according to the loop through direction chosen Note that during the phone switch the blare of phone will appear for a short time And when the VoIP phone is switched into the PSTN phone the telecom co might charge you for the connection fee Please type in backup phone number PSTN number ISDN number for this VoIP phone setting Secure Phone ZRTP SRTP A call made to the number specified in the phonebook will be compulsorily encrypted If the encryption is not successful e g peer side does not support ZRTP SRTP a warning voice should be played Note If the incoming or outgoing calls do not match any entry on the phonebook the router will try to make the call being protected But if the call ends up unprotected e g peer side does not support ZRTP SRTP the router will not play out a warning message Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 272 Dray Te k Digit
368. the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN 4 13 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Dray Tek Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 02 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed Tb 11g l1ni Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Only schedule profiles that have the action Force Down are applied to the WLAN all other actions are ignored Enable Hide SSID SSID Isolate Member Isolate YPN o owe o J o a 2 D gt 5 4 E Isolate Member Wirelass chents stations with the same SSID cannot access for each other Isolate VPNiisolate wireless with remote dial in and LAN to LAN VPN Channel Channel 6 2437MHz Long Preamble C Long Preamble necessary for some old 802 11 b devices only lower performance Packet OVERDRIVE Cl Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients ta boost WLAN performance Rate Control Enable Upload Download SSID 1 E kbps kbps SSID 2 E kbps kbps SSID 3 C 30000 30000 kbps SSID 4 E kbps kbps Note range 100 50 000 kbps 293 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Wireless LAN M
369. the subnet prefix address getting from service provider 115 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Details Page for IPv6 DHCPv6 Client in WAN1 WAN2 DHCPv6 client mode would use DHCPV6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 IPv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type DHCP vb Client DHCP v6 Client Configuration Identity Association Prefix Delegation Non temporary Address IAID Identity Association ID 4644 12601 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Identify Association Choose Prefix Delegation or Non temporary Address as the identify association IAID Type a number as IAID Details Page for IPv6 Static IPv6 in WAN1 WAN2 This type allows you to setup static IPv6 address for WAN interface WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 Pv6 Internet Access Mode Connection Type static IPv6 i Static IPv6 Address configuratiion IPv6 Address Prefix Length PL Lt Current IPv6 Address Table Index IPv6 Address Prefizx Length Scope Static IPv6 Gateway configuratiion IPv Gateway Address ET Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 116 Dray Tek Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Static IPv6 Address IPv6 Address Type the IPv6 Static IP Address configuration Prefix Length Type the fixed value for prefix length Add Click it to add a new entry Delete Click it to remove an existed entry Current Pv6
370. ther by configuring Inter LAN Routing At present LAN setting is fixed with NAT mode only LAN2 LAN4 can be operated under NAT or Route mode IP Routed Subnet can be operated under Route mode LAN gt General Setup General Setup Index LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 IP Routed Subnet Status W dl DHCP IP Address V 192 168 1 1 Details Page 192 168 2 1 192 168 3 1 192 168 4 1 192 168 0 1 Details Page L Force router to use DNS server IP address settings specified in Inter LAN Routing Subnet LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 Note LAN 2 3 4 are available when VLAN is enabled Each item is explained as follows Item General Setup Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Allow to configure settings for each subnet respectively Index Display all of the LAN items Status Basically LAN status is enabled in default LAN2 LAN3 LAN3 and IP Routed Subnet can be observed by checking the box of Status DHCP LANI is configured with DHCP in default If required please check the DHCP box for each LAN IP Address Display the IP address for each LAN item Such information is set in default and you can not modify it Details Page Click it to access into the setting page Each LAN will have different LAN configuration page Each LAN must be configured in different subnet IP v6 Click it to access into the settings page of IPv6 124 Dray Tek Force router t
371. this mode to make all dial out VPN TRUNK backup profiles being activated alternatively Resume when VPN connection breaks down or disconnects Member 1 will be the top priority for the system to do VPN connection Detail Information This field will display detailed information for Environment Recovers Detection Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 262 Dr ay Te k 4 10 10 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds Sack Mo VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol eo Tx Tx Rate Rx Rx Rate UpTime Pkts Bps Pkts Bp P mS H HERMMHM Data is encrypted HEMEMEEM Data isn t encrypted VPN Type Remote IP Virtual Network Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Dial out Tool General Mode This filed displays the profile configured in LAN to LAN with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by General Mode does not support VPN backup function G neral Mode Backup Mode Keres MS Backup Mode This filed displays the profile name saved in VPN TRUNK Management with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by Backup Mode supports VPN backup function
372. thout IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP 252 Dray Tek Dray Tek Item Method Advanced Description with IPSec Policy Medium AH Authentication Header means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authenti
373. tication A window with remaining time of connection for such user will be displayed Next the user can access Internet through any browser on Windows Note that Alert Tool can be downloaded from DrayTek web site Telnet If it is selected the user can use Telnet command to perform the authentication job Landing Page When a user tries to access into the web configurator of Vigor2920 series with the user name and password specified in this profile he she will be lead into the web page configured in Landing Page field in User Management gt gt General Setup Check this box to enable such function Enable Time Quota Time quota means the total connection time allowed by the router for the user with such profile Check the box to enable the function of time quota The first box displays the remaining time of the network connection The second box allows to type the number of time unit is minute which 1s available for the user using such profile to access Internet Refresh Click this button to recalculate the time quota Add Click this box to set the time quota for such profile Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All Setup the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 5 3 User Group This pag
374. tings are explained as follows Item Enable Schedule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mm Action Idle Timeout J Dray Tek Description Check to enable the schedule Specify the starting date of the schedule Specify the starting time of the schedule Specify the duration or period for the schedule Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Click OK button to save the settings 221 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Example Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office WZ ll Wz 1 10 2 10 2 Hour
375. tocol and LPR name Configure Standard TCP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name IP_ 192 168 1 1 Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol Raw LPR Raw Settings LPR Settings e Queue Name CILPR Byte Counting Enabled C SNMP Status Enabled Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 12 Dr ay Tek The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www DrayTek com to find out the printer list Open Support gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server and click it then click the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router link About DrayTek Products Support Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt FAQ FAQ Basic FAQ 01 What are the differences among these firmware file formats Basic 02 How could get the telnet command for routers Advanced 03 How can backup restore my configuration settings VPN 04 How do reset clear the router s password DHCP 05 How to bring back my router to its default value REE VoIP 06 How do tell the type of my Vigor Router is AnnexA or AnnexB For ADSL model only Qos 07 Ways for firmware upgrade ISDN 08 Why is SNMP removed
376. transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more
377. ts to internet by other device you have to set this function for your necessity NAT Traversal Support None Stun Manual Mortel None Disable this function Stun Choose this option if there is Stun server provided for your router Manual Choose this option if you want to specify an external IP address as the NAT transversal support Nortel If the soft switch that you use supports Nortel solution you can choose this option 282 Dray Tek Dray Tek Call Forwarding Ring Port Ring Pattern Prefer Codec Packet Size There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Disab E ee Mo Answer Busy or No Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set Phone 1 and or Phone 2 as the default ring port s for this SIP account Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Ring Pattern mone oe 4 Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be ne
378. u are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone 287 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Volume Gain MISC DTMF Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description Region User Defined Volume Qustralia _ Joloventa Mic Gain Crach Hungary MISC Switzerland Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone 1s It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting Call Waiting Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the call waiting tone The smaller the number is the louder the tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to ch
379. uggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable S Printers and Faxes Edit View Favorites Tools into your computer or point the printer toward your Add Printer T computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Server Properties S a Sea Windows will automatically install the printer for you set Up Faxing To continue click Next Create Shortcut N Delete Rename Properties lt amp 4 Click Local printer attached to this computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer O A network printer or a printer attached to another computer e Toset up a network printer that is not attached to a print server J use the Local printer option 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port LPT Recommended Printer Port ers Use the LP7 1 port to communicate with a local printer
380. unction In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically Check the box to enable T 38 fax function Error Correction Mode choose a mode for error correction Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control when the phone will ring and when will not according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section Application gt gt Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call 286 Dray Tek Call Transfer Default SIP Account Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this
381. up Test Server is auto selected You can choose another server for your necessity by clicking Find more to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable one CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 4 Default j PA 6 J f 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters Default Message Cache L1 L2 Cache lt body gt lt center gt lt br gt lt br gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page lt br gt from t51IP lt br gt to tURLt lt br gt that is categorized with CL lt br gt has been blocked by tRNAME Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Activate Click it to access into MyVigor for activating WCF service Setup Query Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting auto selected You need to specify a server for categorize Dray Te k 201 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item Setup Test Server Find more Set to Factory Default Default Message Cache Description searching when you type URL in browser based on the web content filter profile Such server is powered by Commtouch It is reco
382. utbound bandwidth Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance 4 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service NO Status Local Address Remote Address merser Service Type CodePoint 10 Inactive Any Any ANY undefined Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 76 Dray Te k 5 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the Qo 5 Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth Kbps Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio E mail 25 h 5 Others To C Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited bandwidth Ratio 2 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize 6 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS And click OK Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 2 N
383. uting Table Current Running Routing Table IPv6 Routing Table Refresh Destination Interface Flags Metric Next Hop FESO 64 LAN U 256 FFOO 8 LAN U 256 Each item is explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Tek 341 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 4 16 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table Clear Refresh IF Address Mic Address 192 166 1 10 O0 OE amp 6 2a D5 A1 iF 16 3 11 z 00 40 74 6B 56 B4 172 16 3 132 O0 O5 5D E4 ED 66 iF 16 3 20 O0 OD 60 6F 63 BC Lv2 16 35 121 00 0C sE E7 79 989 172 16 5 141 O0 11 a2F C7 39 08 iF 16 3 133 O0 50 7F 23 4D B1 Lv2 16 5 179 O0 11 2F 45 15 F2 iFa 16 3 21 O0 05 5D 41 26 FF iF 16 3 2 OO 11 Ds 66 O0D AE 172 16 35 16 DO S0 F C 2F 3D 17 Lee Geos lod O00 50 7F 2F 33 FF 1v2 16 35 19 OO OD 60 6F 689 Ci OOF i Od od w Ad a a d d d Each item is explained as follows Item Description Clear Click it to clear the whole table Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 16 4 IPv6 Neighbour Table The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IPv6 address This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such a
384. v pre Shared Ke Specify Remote YPN Gateway Pre Shared Key E ee IKE Pre Shared Key sid 220 135 240 208 C Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES M 3DES M AES Dray Tek 69 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username PPTP C IPSec Tunnel VJ Compression C L2TP with IPSec Policy one IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Specify Remote YPN Gateway Peer VPN Server IP IKE Pre shared Key fT e 220 135 240 205 Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES V AES 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Disable ki Remote Gateway IP 0000 fag first subnet to remote network you have to do Remote Network IP 192 168 1 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 70 Dr ay Te k 3 8 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the
385. w the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task O Retrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate Dray Tek 81 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a r
386. w will be open to ask for username and password Type the new user password in the filed of Password and click Login Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 6 The main screen with User Mode will be shown as follows Dray Te k 327 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Vigor2920 Series Dray Tek Dual WAN Security Router IR System Status Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor2920Vn Online Status Firmware Version 3 6 0 Build Date Time Jun 8 2012 14 46 56 WAN LAN LAN NAT MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS Applications LAN1 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 Wireless LAN LAN2 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 System Maintenance LAN3 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 Diagnostics LAN4 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 4 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 External Devices IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 172 16 3 8 Wireless LAN All Rights Reserved MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID 00 50 7F E2 B5 94 FCC 2 3 2 0 VF210 WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WAN1 Connected 00 50 7F E2 BS5 95 Static IP 172 16 3 132 372 36 1 4 WAN2 Disconnected 00 50 7F E2 B5 96 shana WAN3 Disconnected 00 50 7F E2 B5 97 USB zea IPv6 Address Scope Internet Access Mode LAN FE80 250 7FFF FEE2 B594 64 Link VoI
387. want for using by current QoS 4 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name Tag packets as Defaut x NO Status Local Address Remote Address biiain Service Type CodePoint 1 Active Any Any ANY ANY 20 Active 192 168 1 25 Any IP precedence 1 SMTP TCP 25 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule 1 To add anew service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default UDP i Index Status Bandwidth Direction mas biase Glass Others Bandwidth Onne 1 2 3 Statistics Control WAHT Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 2596 2595 2596 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 25 25 2596 Inactive Status Setup WAS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 25 25 2596 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type MO Mame Protocol Port 1 Empty Dray Tek 215 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 3 For adding a
388. while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of 251 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Item PING to the IP Type of Server I am calling User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Description PING packets to a specified IP address Enable PING to keep alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN con
389. will detect the Public IP used by the router in front of Vigor router and use that Public IP to update DDNS server forcefully 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 4 9 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up Dr ay Tek 219 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can
390. will use another WAN interface instead WAN2 Only While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the only channel for VPN connection WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN3 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN3 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANS Only While connecting the router will use WAN3 as the only channel for VPN connection Check to enable router always keep VPN connection IKE Authentication Method usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Confirm the pre shared key Click Digital Signature to invoke this function Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effective Peer ID Choose the peer ID selection from the drop down list Local ID Choose Alternative Subject Name First or Subject Name First Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm fro
391. x to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Active Check the box to enable the selected profile Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Dray Tek 245 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Username er joecass Enable Mobile One Time Passwards mOTP3 Allowed Dial In Type PIN Code fs PPTP Secret o IPSec Tunnel 7 IKE Authentication Method v L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Ol Specify Remote Node ss Pemote Client IP or Peer ISON Nurnber o C Digital Signaturec 509 orPeeriD Idle Timeout a00 seconds Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block IPSec Security Method Multicast via VPN OPass Block Mediumi AH for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc High ESF DES SIDES AES Subnet LJ Assign Static IP Address mao id Available settings are explained
392. y LAN Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag VID Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 P1 P4 Check the LAN port s to be grouped under the selected VLAN SSID1 SSID4 Check the SSID box es for the wireless clients to be grouped under the selected VLAN Choose one of them to make the selected VLAN mapping to the specified subnet only For example LAN is specified for VLANO It means that PCs grouped under VLANO can get the IP address es that specified by the subnet 135 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sorn Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IF Address Mac Address Index 192 166 1 10 EO CB 4E Da 46 79 192 166 1 12 DS BS T77 12 AF 9f IF Address Mac Address Add and Edit IF Address fe Mac Add
393. y have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Primary IP Address You can specify the primary DNS server IP address here The Router will assign the specified DNS server IP instead of the ISP offered DNS server IP to LAN DHCP clients Secondary IP Address You can specify the secondary DNS server IP address here Router will assign the specified DNS server IP instead of the ISP offered DNS server IP to LAN DHCP clients The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 71 47 46 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 347390 214004 If both DNS Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign the DNS server IP obtained from ISP which can be found in Online Status page to LAN DHCP clients If you want to use the router as a DNS proxy server you have to input router s LAN IP into the Primary or Secondary DNS server IP fields manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor2920 Series User s Guide 126 Dray Tek Details Page for LAN1 IPv6 Setup There are two configuration pages for LAN1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup based on IPv4 and IPv6 Setup Click the tab for each type and refer to the following explanations for detailed
394. ype Then click Next to continue Enter the Static IP configuration probided by your ISP WAR IF Subnet Mask Gateway Primary DNS Secondary DNS 172 16 5 229 255 255 255 0 172 156 3 1 168 95 1 1 ii optional Available settings are explained as follows Item WAN IP Subnet Mask Gateway Primary DNS Secondary DNS Description Type the IP address Type the subnet mask Type the IP address of gateway Type in the primary IP address for the router Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future 23 Vigor2920 Series User s Guide Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access Static IP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet 2 3 1 4 DHCP Click DHCP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol 1 Choose WANI WAN2 as the WA

Draytek Vigor2920n

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents